FCC ID: IPH-02579 Low Power 2.4 GHz Transmitter

M5APGT00 Owners Manual December 2014 Printed in Taiwan 190-01841-00_0A CONFIDENTIAL All rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this manual may not be copied, in whole or in part, without the written consent of Garmin. Garmin reserves the right to change or improve its products and to make changes in the content of this manual without obligation to notify any person or organization of such changes or improvements. Go to www.garmin.com for current updates and supplemental information concerning the use of this product. Garmin, the Garmin logo, BlueChart, g2 Vision, GPSMAP, and MapSource are trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries, registered in the USA and other countries. echoMAPGMR, GRID, GXM, HomePort, and SmartMode are trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Garmin is under license. iOS is a registered trademark of Cisco Systems, Inc. used under license by Apple Inc. The SDHC logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC. NMEA, NMEA 2000, and the NMEA 2000 logo are registered trademarks of the National Marine Electronics Association. SiriusXM is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio Inc. WiFi is a registered mark of Wi-Fi Alliance Corporation. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners. CONFIDENTIAL Table of Contents Introduction.....................................................................1 Front View...................................................................................1 Accessing Owner's Manuals on the Chartplotter........................ 1 Downloading the Manuals.......................................................... 1 Getting More Information............................................................ 1 Software Update......................................................................... 1 Loading the New Software on a Memory Card...................... 1 Updating the Device Software............................................... 1 GPS Satellite Signals..................................................................1 Selecting the GPS Source..................................................... 1 Customizing the Chartplotter........................................ 1 Home Screen.............................................................................. 1 Adding an Item to Favorites................................................... 2 Customizing the Layout of a SmartMode or Combination Page.......................................................................................2 Adding a SmartMode Layout................................................. 2 Adding a Custom Combination Screen.................................. 2 Resetting the Station Layouts................................................ 2 Setting the Vessel Type.............................................................. 2 Adjusting the Backlight............................................................... 2 Adjusting the Color Mode........................................................... 2 Charts and 3D Chart Views........................................... 2 Navigation Chart and Offshore Fishing Chart............................. 3 Zooming In and Out Using the Touchscreen......................... 3 Selecting a Map..................................................................... 3 Measuring a Distance on the Chart....................................... 3 Chart Symbols....................................................................... 3 Showing a Different Chart...................................................... 3 Creating a Waypoint on the Chart......................................... 3 Viewing Location and Object Information on a Chart............ 3 Viewing Details about Navaids.............................................. 4 Navigating to a Point on the Chart......................................... 4 Premium Charts.......................................................................... 4 Viewing Tide Station Information........................................... 4 Showing Satellite Imagery on the Navigation Chart.............. 5 Viewing Aerial Photos of Landmarks..................................... 5 Automatic Identification System..................................................5 AIS Targeting Symbols.......................................................... 5 Heading and Projected Course of Activated AIS Targets...... 5 Showing AIS and MARPA Vessels on a Chart or on a 3D Chart View............................................................................. 5 Activating a Target for an AIS Vessel.................................... 6 Viewing a List of AIS and MARPA Threats............................ 6 Setting the Safe-Zone Collision Alarm................................... 6 AIS Distress Signals.............................................................. 6 Turning Off AIS Reception..................................................... 6 Chart and 3D Chart View Settings.............................................. 6 Navigation and Fishing Chart Setup...................................... 7 Waypoints and Tracks Settings on the Charts and Chart Views..................................................................................... 7 Chart Appearance Settings.................................................... 7 Other Vessels Settings on the Charts and Chart Views........ 7 Laylines Settings.................................................................... 7 Fish Eye 3D Settings............................................................. 7 Navigation with a Chartplotter...................................... 8 Basic Navigation Questions........................................................ 8 Destinations................................................................................ 8 Searching for a Destination by Name.................................... 8 Selecting a Destination Using the Navigation Chart.............. 8 Searching for a Marine Services Destination......................... 8 Searching for a Volvo Penta Dealer.................................... 8 Waypoints................................................................................... 8 Marking Your Present Location as a Waypoint...................... 8 Creating a Waypoint at a Different Location.......................... 8 Marking an SOS Location...................................................... 9 Viewing a List of all Waypoints.............................................. 9 Editing a Saved Waypoint...................................................... 9 Moving a Saved Waypoint..................................................... 9 Browsing for and Navigating to a Saved Waypoint................ 9 Deleting a Waypoint or an MOB............................................ 9 Deleting All Waypoints........................................................... 9 Setting and Following a Direct Course Using Go To............. 9 Routes........................................................................................ 9 Creating and Navigating a Route From Your Present Location................................................................................. 9 Creating and Saving a Route............................................... 10 Viewing a List of Routes...................................................... 10 Editing a Saved Route......................................................... 10 Browsing for and Navigating a Saved Route....................... 10 Browsing for and Navigating Parallel to a Saved Route...... 10 Deleting a Saved Route....................................................... 10 Deleting All Saved Routes................................................... 10 Auto Guidance.......................................................................... 10 Setting and Following an Auto Guidance Path.................... 10 Creating and Saving an Auto Guidance Path...................... 10 Adjusting a Saved Auto Guidance Path............................... 11 Canceling an Auto Guidance Calculation in Progress......... 11 Setting a Timed Arrival.........................................................11 Auto Guidance Line Configurations..................................... 11 Tracks....................................................................................... 12 Showing Tracks................................................................... 12 Setting the Color of the Active Track................................... 12 Saving the Active Track....................................................... 12 Viewing a List of Saved Tracks............................................ 12 Editing a Saved Track.......................................................... 12 Saving a Track as a Route...................................................12 Browsing for and Navigating a Recorded Track.................. 12 Deleting a Saved Track........................................................12 Deleting All Saved Tracks.................................................... 12 Retracing the Active Track................................................... 12 Clearing the Active Track..................................................... 12 Managing the Track Log Memory During Recording........... 12 Configuring the Recording Interval of the Track Log........... 12 Stopping Navigation................................................................. 12 Synchronizing User Data Across the Garmin Marine Network. 12 Deleting All Saved Waypoints, Routes, and Tracks................. 12 Sailing Features............................................................ 13 Setting the Vessel Type............................................................ 13 Sail Racing................................................................................13 Starting Line Guidance........................................................ 13 Setting the Starting Line...................................................... 13 Using the Starting Line Guidance........................................ 13 Starting the Race Timer....................................................... 13 Stopping the Race Timer..................................................... 13 Setting the Distance between the Bow and the GPS Antenna................................................................................13 Laylines Settings.......................................................................13 Setting the Keel Offset.............................................................. 13 Sailboat Autopilot Operation..................................................... 14 Wind Hold............................................................................ 14 Tack and Gybe.....................................................................14 Sonar............................................................................. 14 Sonar Views..............................................................................14 Traditional Sonar View......................................................... 14 DownV Sonar View............................................................ 15 SideV Sonar View.............................................................. 15 Split-Zoom Sonar View........................................................ 15 Split-Frequency Sonar View................................................ 15 Changing the Sonar View.................................................... 15 Table of Contents i CONFIDENTIAL Creating a Waypoint on the Sonar Screen............................... 15 Pausing the Sonar Display....................................................... 15 Viewing Sonar History.............................................................. 15 Sonar Sharing........................................................................... 15 Selecting a Sonar Source.................................................... 16 Renaming a Sonar Source.................................................. 16 Adjusting the Level of Detail..................................................... 16 Adjusting the Color Intensity..................................................... 16 Adjusting the Range of the Depth or Width Scale.................... 16 Setting the Zoom Level on the Sonar Screen........................... 16 Setting the Scroll Speed........................................................... 16 Sonar Frequencies................................................................... 17 Selecting Frequencies......................................................... 17 Creating a Frequency Preset............................................... 17 Turning On the A-Scope........................................................... 17 Selecting the Transducer Type................................................. 17 Sonar Setup.............................................................................. 17 Sonar Settings..................................................................... 17 Sonar Noise Rejection Settings........................................... 17 Sonar Appearance Settings................................................. 18 Sonar Alarm Settings........................................................... 18 Advanced Sonar Settings.................................................... 18 Transducer Installation Settings.......................................... 18 Sonar Recordings..................................................................... 18 Recording the Sonar Display............................................... 18 Stopping the Sonar Recording............................................. 18 Deleting a Sonar Recording................................................. 18 Playing Sonar Recordings................................................... 19 Radar............................................................................. 19 Radar Display Modes............................................................... 19 Changing the Radar Mode....................................................... 19 Transmitting Radar Signals...................................................... 19 Adjusting the Radar Range...................................................... 19 Tips for Selecting a Radar Range........................................ 19 Zooming In and Out of the Radar Screen................................. 19 Marking a Waypoint on the Radar Screen................................ 19 Sentry Mode............................................................................. 19 Enabling Timed Transmit..................................................... 19 Setting the Standby and Transmit Times............................. 20 Enabling a Guard Zone........................................................ 20 Defining a Circular Guard Zone........................................... 20 Defining a Partial Guard Zone............................................. 20 Radar Targeting and MARPA................................................... 20 MARPA Targeting Symbols................................................. 20 Assigning a MARPA Tag to an Object................................. 20 Viewing a List of AIS and MARPA Threats.......................... 20 Showing AIS Vessels on the Radar Screen........................ 20 VRM and EBL...................................................................... 20 Radar Overlay...........................................................................21 Radar Overlay and Chart Data Alignment........................... 21 Showing the Radar Overlay................................................. 21 Setting a Custom Park Position................................................ 21 Enabling and Adjusting a Radar No Transmit Zone................. 21 Stopping the Transmission of Radar Signals........................... 21 Optimizing the Radar Display................................................... 21 Radar Gain and Clutter........................................................ 21 Echo Trails........................................................................... 22 Radar Display Settings........................................................ 22 Radar Appearance Settings................................................. 23 Front-of-Boat Offset............................................................. 23 Selecting a Different Radar Source.......................................... 23 Autopilot........................................................................ 23 Opening the Autopilot Screen................................................... 23 Autopilot Screen....................................................................... 23 Adjusting the Step Steering Increment................................ 23 Setting the Power Saver...................................................... 23 Enabling Shadow Drive.................................................... 23 Engaging the Autopilot............................................................. 23 Adjusting the Heading with the Helm................................... 24 Adjusting the Heading with the Chartplotter in Step Steering Mode.................................................................................... 24 Steering Patterns...................................................................... 24 Following the U-Turn Pattern............................................... 24 Setting Up and Following the Circles Pattern...................... 24 Setting Up and Following the Zigzag Pattern...................... 24 Following the Williamson Turn Pattern................................ 24 Following an Orbit Pattern................................................... 24 Setting Up and Following the Cloverleaf Pattern................. 24 Setting Up and Following a Search Pattern......................... 24 Cancelling a Steering Pattern.............................................. 24 Digital Selective Calling............................................... 24 Networked Chartplotter and VHF Radio Functionality.............. 24 Turning On DSC....................................................................... 25 DSC List....................................................................................25 Viewing the DSC List........................................................... 25 Adding a DSC Contact......................................................... 25 Incoming Distress Calls............................................................ 25 Navigating to a Vessel in Distress....................................... 25 Man-Overboard Distress Calls Initiated from a VHF Radio. 25 Man-Overboard and SOS Distress Calls Initiated from the Chartplotter.......................................................................... 25 Position Tracking...................................................................... 25 Viewing a Position Report.................................................... 25 Navigating to a Tracked Vessel........................................... 25 Creating a Waypoint at the Position of a Tracked Vessel.... 25 Editing Information in a Position Report.............................. 25 Deleting a Position-Report Call............................................ 25 Viewing Vessel Trails on the Chart...................................... 25 Individual Routine Calls............................................................ 26 Selecting a DSC Channel.................................................... 26 Making an Individual Routine Call....................................... 26 Making an Individual Routine Call to an AIS Target............ 26 Gauges and Graphs..................................................... 26 Viewing the Gauges................................................................. 26 Changing the Data Shown in a Gauge................................ 26 Customizing Engine Gauge and Fuel Gauge Limits............ 26 Viewing Engine and Fuel Gauges............................................ 26 Selecting the Number of Engines Shown in Gauges........... 26 Customizing the Engines Shown in Gauges........................ 26 Enabling Status Alarms for Engine Gauges........................ 26 Enabling Some Engine Gauge Status Alarms..................... 26 Setting the Fuel Alarm.............................................................. 26 Setting the Fuel Capacity of the Vessel............................... 26 Synchronizing the Fuel Data with the Actual Vessel Fuel... 27 Viewing the Wind Gauges........................................................ 27 Configuring the Sailing Wind Gauge.................................... 27 Configuring the Speed Source............................................. 27 Configuring the Heading Source of the Wind Gauge........... 27 Customizing the Close-Hauled Wind Gauge....................... 27 Viewing Trip Gauges................................................................ 27 Resetting Trip Gauges......................................................... 27 Viewing Graphs........................................................................ 27 Setting the Graph Range and Time Scales......................... 27 Tide, Current, and Celestial Information.................... 27 Tide Station Information............................................................27 Current Station Information.......................................................27 Celestial Information................................................................. 27 Viewing Tide Station, Current Station, or Celestial Information for a Different Date................................................................... 28 Viewing Information for a Different Tide or Current Station...... 28 Viewing Almanac Information from the Navigation Chart......... 28 ii Table of Contents CONFIDENTIAL Warning Manager......................................................... 28 Viewing Messages.................................................................... 28 Sorting and Filtering Messages................................................ 28 Saving Messages to a Memory Card........................................28 Clearing all of the Messages.................................................... 28 Media Player................................................................. 28 Opening the Media Player........................................................ 28 Icons.................................................................................... 28 Selecting the Media Source...................................................... 28 Playing Music............................................................................28 Browsing for Music...............................................................28 Setting a Song to Repeat..................................................... 28 Setting All Songs to Repeat................................................. 28 Setting Songs to Shuffle...................................................... 28 Listening to the Radio.......................................................... 28 Opening the MTP Source.................................................... 29 Adjusting the Volume................................................................ 29 Enabling and Disabling Zones............................................. 29 Muting the Media Volume.................................................... 29 Scanning VHF Channels.......................................................... 29 Adjusting the VHF Squelch....................................................... 29 SiriusXM Satellite Radio........................................................ 29 Locating a SiriusXM Radio ID.............................................. 29 Activating a SiriusXM Subscription...................................... 29 Customizing the Channel Guide.......................................... 29 Saving a SiriusXM Channel to the Presets List................... 29 Unlocking SiriusXM Parental Controls................................. 29 Setting the Device Name.......................................................... 30 SiriusXM Weather......................................................... 30 SiriusXM Equipment and Subscription Requirements.............. 30 Weather Data Broadcasts.........................................................30 Changing the Weather Chart.................................................... 30 Viewing Precipitation Information............................................. 30 Precipitation Views...............................................................30 Storm Cell and Lightning Information....................................... 30 Hurricane Information............................................................... 30 Weather Warnings and Weather Bulletins................................ 30 Forecast Information................................................................. 31 Viewing Forecast Information for Another Time Period....... 31 Weather Fronts and Pressure Centers................................ 31 Viewing a Marine Forecast or an Offshore Forecast........... 31 City Forecasts...................................................................... 31 Viewing Sea Conditions............................................................ 31 Surface Winds......................................................................31 Wave Height, Wave Period, and Wave Direction................ 31 Viewing Forecast Sea Conditions Information for Another Time Period..........................................................................31 Viewing Fishing Information......................................................31 Surface Pressure and Water Temperature Data................. 31 Forecasting Fish Locations.................................................. 32 Changing the Sea Surface Temperature Color Range........ 32 Visibility Information.................................................................. 32 Viewing Forecast Visibility Information for Another Time Period...................................................................................32 Viewing Buoy Reports.............................................................. 32 Viewing Local Weather Information near a Buoy................. 32 Creating a Waypoint on a Weather Chart................................. 32 Weather Overlay....................................................................... 32 Turning On the Weather Overlay on a Chart....................... 32 Weather Overlay Settings on the Navigation Chart............. 32 Weather Overlay Settings on the Fishing Chart.................. 32 Viewing Weather Subscription Information............................... 32 Viewing Video............................................................... 32 Selecting a Video Source......................................................... 33 Alternating Among Multiple Video Sources......................... 33 Networked Video Devices.........................................................33 Using Video Presets on Networked Video Cameras........... 33 Camera Settings.................................................................. 33 Video Settings...................................................................... 33 Associating the Camera to a Video Source......................... 33 Video Camera Movement Control........................................33 Creating a Combination with Video Functions.......................... 34 Configuring the Video Appearance........................................... 34 Configuring the PC Display.......................................................34 Exiting PC Display Mode..................................................... 34 Device Configuration................................................... 34 Turning On the Chartplotter Automatically............................... 34 System Settings........................................................................ 34 Station Settings.................................................................... 34 Viewing System Software Information................................. 34 Viewing the Event Log......................................................... 34 Preferences Settings................................................................ 34 Units Settings....................................................................... 35 Navigation Settings.............................................................. 35 Communications Settings......................................................... 36 NMEA 0183 Settings............................................................36 NMEA 2000 Settings............................................................36 Garmin Marine Network....................................................... 36 Setting Alarms.......................................................................... 36 Navigation Alarms................................................................ 36 System Alarms..................................................................... 36 Setting the Fuel Alarm......................................................... 36 Setting Weather Alarms....................................................... 36 My Vessel Settings................................................................... 36 Setting the Keel Offset......................................................... 36 Setting the Water Temperature Offset................................. 37 Calibrating a Water Speed Device....................................... 37 Setting the Vessel Type....................................................... 37 Other Vessels Settings............................................................. 37 Restoring the Original Chartplotter Factory Settings................ 37 Communication with Wireless Devices...................... 37 Setting Up the WiFi Wireless Network.................................. 37 Connecting a Wireless Device to the Chartplotter.................... 37 Changing the Wireless Channel............................................... 38 Changing the WiFi Host...........................................................38 Wireless Remote Control.......................................................... 38 Pairing the Wireless Remote Control With the Chartplotter.......................................................................... 38 Turning On and Off the Remote Backlight........................... 38 Disconnecting the Remote from All Chartplotters................ 38 Using the Garmin Helm Application with the Chartplotter........ 38 Chartplotter Data Management................................... 38 Copying Waypoints, Routes, and Tracks from HomePort to a Chartplotter............................................................................... 38 Selecting a File Type for Third-Party Waypoints and Routes... 38 Copying Data from a Memory Card.......................................... 38 Copying Waypoints, Routes, and Tracks to a Memory Card.... 38 Copying Waypoints, Routes, and Tracks to or from all Chartplotters on the Network.................................................... 38 Copying Built-In Maps to a Memory Card................................. 38 Backing Up Data to a Computer............................................... 38 Restoring Backup Data to a Chartplotter.................................. 39 Saving System Information to a Memory Card......................... 39 Appendix....................................................................... 39 Registering Your Device........................................................... 39 Digital Switching....................................................................... 39 Rotating the GRID Joystick.......................................................39 Cleaning the Screen................................................................. 39 Screenshots.............................................................................. 39 Capturing Screenshots........................................................ 39 Table of Contents iii CONFIDENTIAL Copying Screenshots to a Computer................................... 39 Troubleshooting........................................................................ 39 My device will not acquire GPS signals............................... 39 My device will not turn on or keeps turning off..................... 39 My device is not creating waypoints in the correct location.................................................................................40 NMEA 0183 Information........................................................... 40 NMEA 2000 PGN Information...................................................40 Software License Agreement................................................... 40 Index.............................................................................. 42 iv Table of Contents CONFIDENTIAL Introduction WARNING See the Important Safety and Product Information guide in the product box for product warnings and other important information. The Garmin website at www.garmin.com presents up-to-date information about your product. The support pages will provide answers to frequently asked support questions, and you can download software and chart updates. There is also contact information to Garmin support should you have any questions. Front View Power key Automatic backlight sensor Beeper SD or microSD* memory card slot Touchscreen

*Seven-inch models have microSD card slots. Accessing Owner's Manuals on the Chartplotter 1 Select Info > Owner's Manual. 2 Select a manual. 3 Select Open. Downloading the Manuals You can get the latest owner's manual and translations of manuals from the web. TIP: To quickly open this web page, scan this code:

2 Download the manual. Getting More Information If you have any questions about your device, you can contact Garmin Product Support. The website, www.garmin.com/support, offers many different troubleshooting tips to help resolve most issues and answer most questions. Frequently-asked questions (FAQs) Software updates Owner's and installation manuals Service alerts Video Contact numbers and addresses Software Update You may need to update the device software when you install the device or add an accessory to the device. Loading the New Software on a Memory Card 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot on the computer. 2 Go to www.garmin.com/support/software/marine.html. 3 Select Download next to Garmin Marine Network with SD card. 4 Read and agree to the terms. 5 Select Download. 6 Select Run. 7 Select the drive associated with the memory card, and select Next > Finish. Updating the Device Software Before you can update the software, you must obtain a software-update memory card or load the latest software onto a memory card. 1 Turn on the chartplotter. 2 After the home screen appears, insert the memory card into the card slot. NOTE: In order for the software update instructions to appear, the device must be fully booted before the card is inserted. 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. 4 Wait several minutes while the software update process completes. The device returns to normal operation after the software update process is complete. 5 Remove the memory card. NOTE: If the memory card is removed before the device restarts fully, the software update is not complete. GPS Satellite Signals When you turn on the chartplotter, the GPS receiver must collect satellite data and establish the current location. When the chartplotter acquires satellite signals, appears at the top of the Home screen. When the chartplotter loses satellite signals, disappears and a flashing question mark appears over on the chart. For more information about GPS, go to www.garmin.com

/aboutGPS. Selecting the GPS Source You can select your preferred source for GPS data, if you have more than one GPS source. 1 Select Settings > System > GPS > Source. 2 Select the source for GPS data. Customizing the Chartplotter Home Screen The chartplotter home screen provides access to all of the features in the chartplotter. The features are dependant on the accessories you have connected to the chartplotter. You may not have all of the options and features discussed in this manual. The categories along the right of the screen provide quick access to the main features of your chartplotter. For example, the Sonar category displays the views and pages related to the sonar feature. You can save items you commonly access to the Favorites category. Introduction 1 CONFIDENTIAL All of the options along the bottom of the home screen are visible on all other screens, except for the Settings button. The Settings button is accessible only from the home screen. When viewing another screen, you can return to the home screen by selecting Home. When multiple displays are installed on the Garmin Marine Network, you can group them together into a station. A station enables the displays to work together, instead of as several separate displays. When you select Home on one display, each display in the station returns to the home screen. You can customize the layout of the pages on each display, making each page different on each display. When you change the layout of a page in one display, the changes appear on only that display. When you change the name and symbol of the layout, those changes appear on all displays in the station, to maintain a consistent appearance. The SmartMode items are geared toward an activity, such as cruising or docking. When a SmartMode button is selected from the home screen, each display in the station can show unique information. For example, when Cruising is selected from the home screen, one display can show the navigation chart and another display can show the radar screen. Adding an Item to Favorites 1 From the home screen, select a category from the right. 2 Hold a button. The item is added to the Favorites home screen category. Customizing the Layout of a SmartMode or Combination Page You can customize the layout and data shown in the combination pages and SmartMode layouts. When you change the layout of a page in a display you are interacting with, the change appears only on that display, except for the SmartMode name and symbol. When you change the SmartMode name or symbol for the layout, the new name or symbol appears on all displays in the station. 1 Open a page to customize. 2 Select Menu. 3 Select Edit Layout or Edit Combo. 4 Select an option:

To change the name, select Name or Name & Symbol >

Name, enter a new name, and select Done. To change the SmartMode symbol, select Name &

Symbol > Symbol, and select a new symbol. To change the number of functions shown, select Functions, and select a number. To change the function of the portion of the screen, select the area to change, and select a function from the list on the right. To change the vertical or horizontal split orientation of a multi-function display, select Split, and select an option. To change how data appears on the page, select Overlays, and select an option. To change the type of data shown, select Overlays, select a data field, and select the new data type. Adding a SmartMode Layout You can add SmartMode layouts to suit your needs. Each customization made to one SmartMode layout for the home screen in a station appears on all displays in the station. 1 From the home screen, select SmartMode > Menu > Add Layout. 2 Select an option:

To change the name, select Name & Symbol > Name, enter a new name, and select Done. To change the symbol, select Name & Symbol > Symbol, and select a new symbol. To change the number of functions shown, select Functions, and select a number. To change the function of the portion of the screen, select the area to change, and select a function from the list on the right. To change the vertical or horizontal split orientation of a multi-function display, select Split, and select an option. To change how data appears on the page, select Overlays, and select an option. To change the type of data shown, select Overlays, select a data field, and select the new data type. Adding a Custom Combination Screen You can create a custom combination screen to suit your needs. 1 Select Combos > Menu > Add Combo. 2 Select an option:

To change the name, select Name, enter a new name, and select Done. To change the number of functions shown, select Functions, and select a number. To change the function of the portion of the screen, select the area to change, and select a function from the list on the right. To change the vertical or horizontal split orientation of a multi-function display, select Split, and select an option. To change how data appears on the page, select Overlays, and select an option. To change the type of data shown, select Overlays, select a data field, and select the new data type. Resetting the Station Layouts You can restore the factory default layouts for all stations. Select Settings > System > Station Information > Reset Stations. Setting the Vessel Type You can select your boat type to configure the chartplotter settings and to use features customized for your boat type. 1 Select Settings > My Vessel > Vessel Type. 2 Select Powerboat or Sailboat. Adjusting the Backlight 1 Select Settings > System > Beeper and Display >

from any screen to open the backlight settings. Backlight. TIP: Press 2 Select an option:

Adjust the backlight level. Select Auto. Adjusting the Color Mode 1 Select Settings > System > Beeper and Display > Color from any screen to access the color settings. Mode. TIP: Press 2 Select an option. Charts and 3D Chart Views The charts and 3D chart views that are available depend on the map data and accessories used. You can access the charts and 3D chart views by selecting Charts. 2 Charts and 3D Chart Views CONFIDENTIAL Navigation Chart: Shows navigation data available on your pre-

loaded maps and from supplemental maps, if available. The data includes buoys, lights, cables, depth soundings, marinas, and tide stations in an overhead view. Perspective 3D: Provides a view from above and behind the boat (according to your course) and provides a visual navigation aid. This view is helpful when navigating tricky shoals, reefs, bridges, or channels, and is beneficial when trying to identify entry and exit routes in unfamiliar harbors or anchorages. Mariners Eye 3D: Shows a detailed, three-dimensional view from above and behind the boat (according to your course) and provides a visual navigation aid. This view is helpful when navigating tricky shoals, reefs, bridges, or channels, and when trying to identify entry and exit routes in unfamiliar harbors or anchorages. NOTE: Mariner's Eye 3D and Fish Eye 3D chart views are available with premium charts, in some areas. Fish Eye 3D: Provides an underwater view that visually represents the sea floor according to the chart information. When a sonar transducer is connected, suspended targets

(such as fish) are indicated by red, green, and yellow spheres. Red indicates the largest targets and green indicates the smallest. Fishing Chart: Provides a detailed view of the bottom contours and depth soundings on the chart. This chart removes navigational data from the chart, provides detailed bathymetric data, and enhances bottom contours for depth recognition. This chart is best for offshore deep-sea fishing. NOTE: The offshore Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. Radar Overlay: Superimposes radar information on the Navigation chart or the Fishing chart, when the chartplotter is connected to a radar. This feature is not available with all models. Navigation Chart and Offshore Fishing Chart NOTE: The offshore Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. The Navigation and Fishing charts allow you to plan your course, view map information, and follow a route. The Fishing chart is for offshore fishing. To open the Navigation chart, select Charts > Nav Chart. To open the Fishing chart, select Charts > Fishing Chart. Zooming In and Out Using the Touchscreen You can quickly zoom in and out of many screens, such as the charts and sonar views. Pinch two fingers together to zoom out. Spread two fingers apart to zoom in. Selecting a Map If your product has both BlueChart g2 and LakeV HD built-in maps, you can select which map to use. Not all models have both types of built-in maps. 1 From the Navigation chart, select Menu > Built-In Map. 2 Select an option:

When you are on an inland lake, select LakeV HD. When you are offshore, select BlueChart g2. Measuring a Distance on the Chart 1 From a chart or the Radar overlay, select a location. 2 Select Measure Distance. A push pin appears on the screen at your present location. The distance and angle from the pin is listed in the upper-left corner. TIP: To reset the pin and measure from the current location of the cursor, select Set Reference. Chart Symbols This table contains some of the common symbols you might see on the detailed charts. Icon Description Buoy Information Marine services Tide station Current station Overhead photo available Perspective photo available Other features common to most charts include depth contour lines, intertidal zones, spot soundings (as depicted on the original paper chart), navigational aids and symbols, obstructions, and cable areas. Showing a Different Chart 1 From a combination screen or SmartMode layout with a chart, select Menu > Chart Menu > Change Chart. 2 Select a chart or 3D chart view. Creating a Waypoint on the Chart 1 From a chart or a 3D chart view, select a location or object. A list of options appears along the right side of the chart. The options that appear vary based on the location or object you selected. 2 Select Create Waypoint. Viewing Location and Object Information on a Chart You can view information about a location or an object on the Navigation chart or the Fishing chart. NOTE: The offshore Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. 1 From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select a location or object. A list of options appears along the right side of the chart. The options that appear vary based on the location or object you selected. 2 Select an option:

To navigate to the selected location, select Navigate To. To mark a waypoint at the cursor location, select Create Waypoint. To view the distance and bearing of the object from your current location, select Measure Distance. The distance and bearing appear on the screen. Select Select to measure from a location other than your current location. To view tide, current, celestial, chart notes, or local services information near the cursor, select Information. Charts and 3D Chart Views 3 CONFIDENTIAL Viewing Details about Navaids From the Navigation chart, Fishing chart, Perspective 3D chart view, or Mariners Eye 3D chart view, you can view details about various types of navigation aids, including beacons, lights, and obstructions. NOTE: The offshore Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. NOTE: Mariner's Eye 3D and Fish Eye 3D chart views are available with premium charts, in some areas. 1 From a chart or 3D chart view, select a navaid. 2 Select the name of the navaid. Navigating to a Point on the Chart CAUTION The Auto Guidance feature is based on electronic chart information. That data does not ensure obstacle and bottom clearance. Carefully compare the course to all visual sightings, and avoid any land, shallow water, or other obstacles that may be in your path. When using Go To, a direct course and a corrected course may pass over land or shallow water. Use visual sightings, and steer to avoid land, shallow water, and other dangerous objects. NOTE: The offshore Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. 1 From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select a location. 2 If necessary, select Select. 3 Select Navigate To. 4 Select an option:

To navigate directly to the location, select Go To. To create a route to the location, including turns, select Route To. To use Auto Guidance, select Auto Guidance. 5 Review the course indicated by the magenta line. NOTE: When using Auto Guidance, a gray segment within any part of the magenta line indicates that Auto Guidance cannot calculate part of the Auto Guidance line. This is due to the settings for minimum safe water depth and minimum safe obstacle height. 6 Follow the magenta line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. Premium Charts CAUTION The Auto Guidance feature is based on electronic chart information. That data does not ensure obstacle and bottom clearance. Carefully compare the course to all visual sightings, and avoid any land, shallow water, or other obstacles that may be in your path. NOTE: Not all models support all charts. Optional premium charts, such as BlueChart g2 Vision, allow you to get the most out of your chartplotter. In addition to detailed marine charting, premium charts may contain these features, which are available in some areas. Mariners Eye 3D: Provides a view from above and behind the boat for a three-dimensional navigation aid. Fish Eye 3D: Provides an underwater, three-dimensional view that visually represents the sea floor according to the information on the chart. 4 Fishing Charts: Shows the chart with enhanced bottom contours and without navigational data. This chart works well for offshore deep-sea fishing. High Resolution Satellite Imagery: Provides high-resolution satellite images for a realistic view of the land and water on the Navigation chart (Showing Satellite Imagery on the Navigation Chart). Aerial Photos: Shows marinas and other navigationally significant aerial photos to help you visualize your surroundings (Viewing Aerial Photos of Landmarks). Detailed Roads and POI data: Shows detailed road and point of interest (POI) data, which includes highly detailed coastal roads and POIs such as restaurants, lodging, and local attractions. Auto Guidance: Uses specified safe depth, safe height, and chart data to determine the best course to your destination. Auto Guidance is available when you navigate to a destination using Guide To. Viewing Tide Station Information on the chart indicates a tide station. You can view a detailed graph for a tide station to help predict the tide level at different times or on different days. NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. 1 From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select a tide station. Tide direction and tide level information appear near

. 2 Select the station name. Animated Tide and Current Indicators NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can view indicators for animated tide station and current direction on the Navigation chart or the Fishing chart. You must also enable animated icons in the chart settings (Showing and Configuring Tides and Currents). An indicator for a tide station appears on the chart as a vertical bar graph with an arrow. A red arrow pointing downward indicates a falling tide, and a blue arrow pointing upward indicates a rising tide. When you move the cursor over the tide station indicator, the height of the tide at the station appears above the station indicator. Current direction indicators appear as arrows on the chart. The direction of each arrow indicates the direction of the current at a specific location on the chart. The color of the current arrow indicates the range of speed for the current at that location. When you move the cursor over the current direction indicator, the specific current speed at the location appears above the direction indicator. Color Yellow Orange Red Showing and Configuring Tides and Currents NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can show static or animated tide and current station indicators on the Navigation chart or Fishing chart. 1 From the Navigation or Fishing chart, select Menu > Chart Current Speed Range 0 to 1 knot 1 to 2 knots 2 or more knots Menu > Chart Setup > Tides & Currents. 2 Select an option:

To show current station indicators and tide station indicators on the chart, select On. To show animated tide station indicators and animated current direction indicators on the chart, select Animated. Charts and 3D Chart Views CONFIDENTIAL Showing Satellite Imagery on the Navigation Chart NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can overlay high-resolution satellite images on the land or on both land and sea portions of the Navigation chart. NOTE: When enabled, high-resolution satellite images are present only at lower zoom levels. If you cannot see high-

resolution images in your optional chart region, you can select to zoom in. You also can set the detail level higher by changing the map zoom detail. 1 From the Navigation chart, select Menu > Chart Menu >

Chart Setup > Satellite Photos. 2 Select an option:

Select Land Only to show standard chart information on the water, with photos overlaying the land. Select Photo Map to show photos on both the water and the land at a specified opacity. Use the slider bar to adjust the photo opacity. The higher you set the percentage, the more the satellite photos cover both land and water. Viewing Aerial Photos of Landmarks Before you can view aerial photos on the Navigation chart, you must turn on the Satellite Photos setting in the chart setup. NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can use aerial photographs of landmarks, marinas, and harbors to help orient yourself to your surroundings or to acquaint yourself with a marina or a harbor prior to arrival. 1 From the Navigation chart, select a camera icon:

To view an overhead photo, select To view a perspective photo, select

. The photo was taken from the location of the camera, pointed in the direction of the cone. 2 Select Aerial Photo. Automatic Identification System The Automatic Identification System (AIS) enables you to identify and track other vessels, and alerts you to area traffic. When connected to an external AIS device, the chartplotter can show some AIS information about other vessels that are within range, that are equipped with a transponder, and that are actively transmitting AIS information. The information reported for each vessel includes the Maritime Mobile Service Identity (MMSI), location, GPS speed, GPS heading, time that has elapsed since the last position of the vessel was reported, nearest approach, and time to the nearest approach. Some chartplotter models also support Blue Force Tracking. Vessels being tracked with Blue Force Tracking are indicated on the chartplotter with a blue-green color. AIS Targeting Symbols Symbol Description AIS vessel. The vessel is reporting AIS information. The direction in which the triangle is pointing indicates the direction in which the AIS vessel is moving. Target is selected. Target is activated. The target appears larger on the chart. A green line attached to the target indicates the heading of the target. The MMSI, speed, and direction of the vessel appear beneath the target, if the details setting has been set to Show. If the AIS transmission from the vessel is lost, a message banner appears. Symbol Description Target is lost. A green X indicates that the AIS transmission from the vessel is lost, and the chartplotter displays a message banner asking whether the vessel should continue to be tracked. If you discontinue vessel tracking, the lost target symbol disappears from the chart or the 3D chart view. Dangerous target in range. The target flashes while an alarm sounds and a message banner appears. After the alarm has been acknowledged, a solid red triangle with a red line attached to it indicates the location and the heading of the target. If the safe-zone collision alarm has been set to Off, the target flashes, but the audible alarm does not sound and the alarm banner does not appear. If the AIS transmission from the vessel is lost, a message banner appears. Dangerous target is lost. A red X indicates that the AIS transmission from the vessel is lost, and the chartplotter displays a message banner asking whether the vessel should continue to be tracked. If you discontinue vessel tracking, the lost dangerous target symbol disappears from the chart or the 3D chart view. The location of this symbol indicates the closest point of approach to a dangerous target, and the numbers near the symbol indicate the time to the closest point of approach to that target. NOTE: Vessels being tracked with the Blue Force Tracking feature are indicated with a blue-green color regardless of their status. Heading and Projected Course of Activated AIS Targets When heading and course over ground information are provided by an activated AIS target, the heading of the target appears on a chart as a solid line attached to the AIS target symbol. A heading line does not appear on a 3D chart view. The projected course of an activated AIS target appears as a dashed line on a chart or a 3D chart view. The length of the projected course line is based on the value of the projected heading setting. If an activated AIS target is not transmitting speed information, or if the vessel is not moving, a projected course line does not appear. Changes in the speed, course over ground, or rate of turn information transmitted by the vessel can impact the calculation of the projected course line. When course over ground, heading, and rate of turn information are provided by an activated AIS target, the projected course of the target is calculated based on the course over ground and the rate of turn information. The direction in which the target is turning, which is also based on the rate of turn information, is indicated by the direction of the barb at the end of the heading line. The length of the barb does not change. When course over ground and heading information are provided by an activated AIS target, but rate of turn information is not provided, the projected course of the target is calculated based on the course over ground information. Showing AIS and MARPA Vessels on a Chart or on a 3D Chart View Before you can show AIS vessels on a chart, you must have an external AIS device and active transponder signals from other vessels. Mini Automatic Radar Plotting Aid (MARPA) functionality works with radar. You can configure how other vessels appear on a chart or on a 3D chart view. The display range and MARPA settings configured for one chart or one 3D chart view are applied only to that chart or to that 3D chart view. The details, projected heading, and trails settings configured for one chart or one 3D chart view are applied to all charts and to all 3D chart views. Charts and 3D Chart Views 5 CONFIDENTIAL 1 From a chart or a 3D chart view, select Menu > Chart Menu

> Other Vessels > Display Setup. 2 Select an option:

To indicate the distance from your location in which AIS vessels appear, select Display Range, and select a distance. To show MARPA-tagged vessels, select MARPA > Show. To show details about AIS-activated and MARPA-tagged vessels, select Details > Show. To set the projected heading time for AIS-activated and MARPA-tagged vessels, select Proj. Heading, and enter the time. To show the tracks of AIS vessels, select the length of the track that appears using a trail, select Trails, and select the length. Activating a Target for an AIS Vessel 1 From a chart or a 3D chart view, select an AIS vessel. 2 Select AIS Vessel > Activate Target. Viewing Information about a Targeted AIS Vessel You can view the AIS signal status, MMSI, GPS speed, GPS heading, and other information that is reported about a targeted AIS vessel. 1 From a chart or a 3D chart view, select an AIS vessel. 2 Select AIS Vessel. Deactivating a Target for an AIS Vessel 1 From a chart or a 3D chart view, select an AIS vessel. 2 Select AIS Vessel > Deactivate. Viewing a List of AIS and MARPA Threats 1 From a chart or a 3D chart view, select Menu > Other Vessels > List > Show. 2 Select the type of threats to include in the list. Setting the Safe-Zone Collision Alarm Before you can set a collision alarm, you must have a compatible chartplotter connected to an AIS device or radar. The safe-zone collision alarm is used only with AIS and MARPA. MARPA functionality works with radar. The safe zone is used for collision avoidance and can be customized. 1 Select Settings > Alarms > AIS > Collision Alarm > On. A message banner appears and an alarm sounds when a MARPA-tagged object or an AIS-activated vessel enters the safe-zone area around your boat. The object is also labeled as dangerous on the screen. When the alarm is off, the message banner and audible alarm are disabled, but the object is still labeled as dangerous on the screen. 2 Select Range. 3 Select a distance for the safe-zone radius around your vessel. 4 Select Time To. 5 Select a time at which the alarm will sound if a target is determined to intersect the safe zone. For example, to be notified of a pending intersection 10 minutes before it will likely occur, set Time To to 10, and the alarm will sound 10 minutes before the vessel intersects the safe zone. AIS Distress Signals Self-contained AIS distress signal devices transmit emergency position reports when activated. The chartplotter can receive signals from Search and Rescue Transmitters (SART), Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacons (EPIRB), and other man overboard signals. Distress signal transmissions are different than standard AIS transmissions, so they appear differently on the chartplotter. Instead of tracking a distress signal transmission for collision avoidance, you track a distress signal transmission to locate and assist a vessel or person. Navigating to a Distress Signal Transmission When you receive a distress signal transmission, a distress signal alarm appears. Select Review > Go To to begin navigation to the transmission. AIS Distress Signal Device Targeting Symbols Symbol Description AIS distress signal device transmission. Select to see more information about the transmission and begin navigation. Transmission lost. Transmission test. Appears when a vessel initiates a test of their distress signal device, and does not represent a true emergency. Transmission test lost. Enabling AIS Transmission Test Alerts To avoid a large number of test alerts and symbols in crowded areas such as marinas, you can select to receive or ignore AIS test messages. To test an AIS emergency device, you must enable the chartplotter to receive test alerts. 1 Select Settings > Alarms > AIS. 2 Select an option:

To receive or ignore Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPRIB) test signals, select AIS-EPIRB Test. To receive or ignore Man Overboard (MOB) test signals, select AIS-MOB Test. To receive or ignore Search and Rescue Transponder

(SART) test signals, select AIS-SART Test. Turning Off AIS Reception AIS signal reception is turned on by default. Select Settings > Other Vessels > AIS > Off. All AIS functionality on all charts and 3D chart views is disabled. This includes AIS vessel targeting and tracking, collision alarms that result from AIS vessel targeting and tracking, and the display of information about AIS vessels. Chart and 3D Chart View Settings NOTE: Not all settings apply to all charts and 3D chart views. Some options require premium maps or connected accessories, such as radar. These settings apply to the charts and 3D chart views, except the radar overlay and Fish Eye 3D (Fish Eye 3D Settings). From a chart or a 3D chart view, select Menu > Chart Menu. Waypoints and Tracks: See Waypoints and Tracks Settings on the Charts and Chart Views. Other Vessels: See Other Vessels Settings on the Charts and Chart Views. Surface Radar: Shows surface radar details on the Perspective 3D or Mariner's Eye 3D chart views. Weather Radar: Shows weather radar imaging on the Perspective 3D or Mariner's Eye 3D chart views. Navaids: Shows navigational aids on the Fishing chart. Laylines: Adjusts the laylines, when in sailing mode (Laylines Settings). Chart Setup: See Navigation and Fishing Chart Setup. Chart Appearance: See Chart Appearance Settings. This might appear in the Chart Setup menu. 6 Charts and 3D Chart Views CONFIDENTIAL Navigation and Fishing Chart Setup NOTE: Not all settings apply to all charts and 3D chart views. Some settings require external accessories or applicable premium charts. From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select Menu > Chart Menu > Chart Setup. Satellite Photos: Shows high-resolution satellite images on the land or on both land and sea portions of the Navigation chart, when certain premium maps are used (Showing Satellite Imagery on the Navigation Chart). Water Overlay: Enables relief shading, which shows the gradient of the bottom with shading, or sonar imagery, which helps identify the density of the of the bottom. This feature is available only with some premium maps. Tides & Currents: Shows current station indicators and tide station indicators on the chart (Showing and Configuring Tides and Currents) and enables the tides and current slider, which sets the time for which tides and currents are reported on the map. Roses: Shows a compass rose around your boat, indicating compass direction oriented to the heading of the boat. A true wind direction or apparent wind direction indicator appears if the chartplotter is connected to a compatible marine wind sensor. When in sailing mode, true and apparent wind are shown on the wind rose. Lake Level: Sets the present water level of the lake. This feature is available only with some premium maps. Inset Map: Shows a small map centered on your present location. Weather: Sets which weather items are shown on the chart, when the chartplotter is connected to a compatible weather receiver with an active subscription. Requires a compatible, connected antenna and an active subscription. Chart Appearance: See Chart Appearance Settings. Waypoints and Tracks Settings on the Charts and Chart Views From a chart or a 3D chart view, select Menu > Chart Menu >

Waypoints and Tracks. Tracks: Shows tracks on the chart or 3D chart view. Waypoints: Shows the list of waypoints (Viewing a List of all Waypoints). Create Waypoint: Creates a new waypoint. Waypoint Display: Sets how to display waypoints on the chart. Active Tracks: Shows the active track options menu. Saved Tracks: Shows the list of saved tracks (Viewing a List of Saved Tracks). Tracks Display: Sets which tracks to display on the chart based on track color. Chart Appearance Settings You can adjust the appearance of the different chart views. Each setting is specific for the type of chart view that you are in. NOTE: Not all settings apply to all charts and 3D chart views and chartplotter models. Some options require premium maps or connected accessories, such as radar. From a chart or 3D chart view, select Menu > Chart Menu >

Chart Setup > Chart Appearance. Orientation: Sets the perspective of the map. Detail: Adjusts the amount of detail shown on the map, at different zoom levels. Heading Line: Shows and adjusts the heading line, which is a line drawn on the map from the bow of the boat in the direction of travel, and sets the data source for the heading line. World Map: Uses either a basic world map or a shaded relief map on the chart. These differences are visible only when zoomed out too far to see the detailed charts. Spot Depths: Turns on spot soundings and sets a dangerous depth. Spot depths that are equal to or more shallow than the dangerous depth are indicated by red text. Safety Shading: Sets the shades from the shoreline to the specified depth. Depth Range Shading: Specifies an upper and lower depth to shade between. Symbols: Shows and configures the appearance of various symbols on the chart, such as the vessel icon, navaid symbols, land POIs, and light sectors. Inset Map: Shows a map zoomed in on the vessel's location in the corner of the main map. Style: Sets how the chart appears over 3D terrain. Hazard Colors: Shows shallow water and land with a color scale. Blue indicates deep water, yellow is shallow water, and red is very shallow water. Safe Depth: Sets the appearance of a safe depth for Mariners Eye 3D. NOTE: This setting affects only the appearance of hazard colors in Mariners Eye 3D. It does not affect the safe water depth Auto Guidance setting or the sonar shallow water alarm setting. Range Rings: Shows and configures the appearance of range rings, which help you to visualize distances in some chart views. Lane Width: Specifies the width of the navigation lane, which is the magenta line in some chart views that indicates the course to your destination. Other Vessels Settings on the Charts and Chart Views NOTE: These options require connected accessories, such as an AIS receiver or VHF radio. From a chart or a 3D chart view, select Menu > Chart Menu >

Other Vessels. List: Shows a list of AIS and MARPA vessels. DSC: Shows the DSC list and sets the DSC trails on the chart. Collision Alarm: Sets the safe-zone collision alarm (Setting the Safe-Zone Collision Alarm). Display Setup: See Showing AIS and MARPA Vessels on a Chart or on a 3D Chart View. Laylines Settings When in sailing mode (Setting the Vessel Type), you can display laylines on the navigation chart. Laylines can be very helpful when racing. From the navigation chart, select Menu > Chart Menu > Sailing

> Laylines. Display: Sets how the laylines and vessel are shown on the chart, and sets the length of the laylines. Sailing Ang.: Allows you to select how the device calculates laylines. The Actual option calculates the laylines using the measured wind angle from the wind sensor. The Manual option calculates the laylines using manually entered windward and leeward angles. Tide Correction: Corrects the laylines based on the tide. Fish Eye 3D Settings NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. From the Fish Eye 3D chart view, select Menu > Chart Menu. View: Sets the perspective of the 3D chart view. Tracks: Shows tracks. Charts and 3D Chart Views 7 CONFIDENTIAL Sonar Cone: Shows a cone that indicates the area covered by the transducer. Fish Symbols: Shows suspended targets. Navigation with a Chartplotter CAUTION If your vessel has an autopilot system, a dedicated autopilot control display must be installed at each steering helm in order to disable the autopilot system. The Auto Guidance feature is based on electronic chart information. That data does not ensure obstacle and bottom clearance. Carefully compare the course to all visual sightings, and avoid any land, shallow water, or other obstacles that may be in your path. When using Go To, a direct course and a corrected course may pass over land or shallow water. Use visual sightings, and steer to avoid land, shallow water, and other dangerous objects. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. NOTE: Mariner's Eye 3D and Fish Eye 3D chart views are available with premium charts, in some areas. NOTE: The offshore Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. To navigate, you must choose a destination, set a course or create a route, and follow the course or route. You can follow the course or the route on the Navigation chart, Fishing chart, Perspective 3D chart view, or Mariners Eye 3D chart view. You can set and follow a course to a destination using one of three methods: Go To, Route To, or Auto Guidance. Go To: Takes you directly to the destination. This is the standard option for navigating to a destination. The chartplotter creates a straight-line course or navigation line to the destination. The path may run over land and other obstacles. Route To: Creates a route from your location to a destination, allowing you to add turns along the way. This option provides a straight-line course to the destination, but allows you to add turns into the route to avoid land and other obstacles. Auto Guidance: Creates a path to a destination using Auto Guidance. This option is available only when using a compatible premium chart in a compatible chartplotter. It provides a turn-by-turn navigation line to the destination, avoiding land and other obstacles. The navigation line is based on the chart data and the safe depth, safe height, and shoreline distance user-defined chartplotter settings. Using these settings and chart data, the chartplotter creates a navigation line that avoids all areas that cannot be navigated between the present location and the destination. When you are using a compatible Garmin autopilot connected to the chartplotter using NMEA 2000, the autopilot follows the Auto Guidance route. Basic Navigation Questions Question How do I make the chartplotter point me in the direction in which I want to go (bearing)?

How do I make the device guide me along a straight line

(minimizing cross track) to a location using the shortest distance from the present location?

Answer Navigate using Go To. See Setting and Following a Direct Course Using Go To. Build a single-leg route and navigate it using Route To. See Creating and Navigating a Route From Your Present Location. Question How do I make the device guide me to a location while avoiding charted obstacles?

How do I make the device steer my automatic pilot?

Can the device create a path for me?

How do I change the Auto Guidance settings for my boat?

Answer Build a multi-leg route and navigate it using Route To. See Creating and Navigating a Route From Your Present Location. Navigate using Route To. See Creating and Navigating a Route From Your Present Location. If you have premium maps that support Auto Guidance and are in an area covered by Auto Guidance, navigate using Auto Guidance. See Setting and Following an Auto Guidance Path. See Auto Guidance Line Configurations. Destinations You can select destinations using various charts and 3D chart views or using the lists. Searching for a Destination by Name You can search for saved waypoints, saved routes, saved tracks, and marine services destinations by name. 1 Select Info > Services > Search by Name. 2 Enter at least a portion of the name of your destination. 3 If necessary, select Done. The 50 nearest destinations that contain your search criteria appear. 4 Select the destination. Selecting a Destination Using the Navigation Chart From the Navigation chart, select a destination. Searching for a Marine Services Destination NOTE: This feature is available with premium charts, in some areas. The chartplotter contains information for thousands of destinations offering marine services. 1 Select Info > Services. 2 Select Offshore Services or Inland Services. 3 If necessary, select the marine service category. The chartplotter shows a list of the nearest locations and the distance and bearing to each. 4 Select a destination. You can select Next Page or Previous Page to view additional information or to show the location on a chart. Searching for a Volvo Penta Dealer Select Info > Services > Volvo Penta Dealers. Waypoints Waypoints are locations you record and store in the device. Marking Your Present Location as a Waypoint From any screen, select Mark. Creating a Waypoint at a Different Location 1 Select Info > User Data > Waypoints > Create Waypoint. 2 Select an option:

To create the waypoint by entering position coordinates, select Enter Coordinates, and enter the coordinates. To create the waypoint using a chart, select Use Chart, select the location, and select Select. 8 Navigation with a Chartplotter CONFIDENTIAL Marking an SOS Location You can mark an SOS location. When a Garmin VHF radio is connected using NMEA 2000, you can select different SOS types, such as Man Overboard and Piracy. 1 From the Home screen, select SOS. 2 Select the SOS type. 3 If necessary, select OK to navigate to the man overboard location. If you selected OK, the chartplotter sets a direct course back to the location. If you selected another type of SOS, the call details are sent to the VHF radio. You must send the call using the radio. Viewing a List of all Waypoints Select Info > User Data > Waypoints. Editing a Saved Waypoint 1 Select Info > User Data > Waypoints. 2 Select a waypoint. 3 Select Review > Edit. 4 Select an option:

To add a name, select Name, and enter a name. To change the symbol, select Symbol. To change the depth, select Depth. To change the water temperature, select Water Temp.. To change the comment, select Comment. Moving a Saved Waypoint 1 Select Info > User Data > Waypoints. 2 Select a waypoint. 3 Select Review > Move. 4 Indicate a new location for the waypoint:

To move the waypoint while using the chart, select Use Chart, select a new location on the chart, and select Move Waypoint. To move the waypoint using coordinates, select Enter Coordinates, and enter the new coordinates. Browsing for and Navigating to a Saved Waypoint CAUTION The Auto Guidance feature is based on electronic chart information. That data does not ensure obstacle and bottom clearance. Carefully compare the course to all visual sightings, and avoid any land, shallow water, or other obstacles that may be in your path. When using Go To, a direct course and a corrected course may pass over land or shallow water. Use visual sightings, and steer to avoid land, shallow water, and other dangerous objects. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. Before you can navigate to a waypoint, you must create a waypoint. 1 Select Info > User Data > Waypoints. 2 Select a waypoint. 3 Select Navigate To. 4 Select an option:

To navigate directly to the location, select Go To. To create a route to the location, including turns, select Route To. To use Auto Guidance, select Auto Guidance. 5 Review the course indicated by the magenta line. NOTE: When using Auto Guidance, a gray segment within any part of the magenta line indicates that Auto Guidance cannot calculate part of the Auto Guidance line. This is due to the settings for minimum safe water depth and minimum safe obstacle height. 6 Follow the magenta line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. Deleting a Waypoint or an MOB 1 Select Info > User Data > Waypoints. 2 Select a waypoint or an MOB. 3 Select Review > Delete. Deleting All Waypoints Select Info > User Data > Clear User Data > Waypoints >

All. Setting and Following a Direct Course Using Go To CAUTION When using Go To, a direct course and a corrected course may pass over land or shallow water. Use visual sightings, and steer to avoid land, shallow water, and other dangerous objects. You can set and follow a direct course from your current location to a selected destination. 1 Select a destination (Destinations). 2 Select Navigate To > Go To. A magenta line appears. In the center of the magenta line is a thinner purple line that represents the corrected course from your current location to the destination. The corrected course is dynamic, and it moves with your boat when you are off course. 3 Follow the magenta line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. 4 If you are off course, follow the purple line (corrected course) to go to your destination, or steer back to the magenta line

(direct course). Routes Creating and Navigating a Route From Your Present Location You can create and immediately navigate a route on the Navigation chart or the Fishing chart. This procedure does not save the route or the waypoint data. NOTE: The offshore Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. 1 From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select a destination. 2 Select Navigate To > Route To. 3 Select the location of the last turn before the destination. 4 Select Add Turn. 5 If necessary, repeat step 3 and 4 to add additional turns, working backward from the destination to the present location of your vessel. The last turn you add should be the first turn you make, starting from your present location. It should be the turn closest to your vessel. 6 If necessary, select Menu. 7 Select Navigate Route. 8 Review the course indicated by the magenta line. 9 Follow the magenta line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. Navigation with a Chartplotter 9 CONFIDENTIAL Creating and Saving a Route This procedure saves the route and all the waypoints in it. The starting point can be your present location or another location. 1 Select Info > User Data > Routes & Auto Guidance Paths

> New > Use Chart. 2 Select the starting location of the route. 3 Select Add Turn. 4 Select the location of the next turn on the chart. 5 Select Add Turn. The chartplotter marks the location of the turn with a waypoint. 6 If necessary, repeat steps 4 and 5 to add more turns. 7 Select the final destination. Viewing a List of Routes Select Info > User Data > Routes & Auto Guidance Paths. Editing a Saved Route You can change the name of a route or change the turns the route contains. 1 Select Info > User Data > Routes & Auto Guidance Paths. 2 Select a route. 3 Select Review > Edit Route. 4 Select an option:

To change the name, select Name, and enter the name. To select a waypoint from the turn list, select Edit Turns >

Use Turn List, and select a waypoint from the list. To select a turn using the chart, select Edit Turns > Use Chart, and select a location on the chart. Browsing for and Navigating a Saved Route Before you can browse a list of routes and navigate to one of them, you must create and save at least one route. 1 Select Info > User Data > Routes & Auto Guidance Paths. 2 Select a route. 3 Select Navigate To. 4 Select an option:

To navigate the route from the starting point used when the route was created, select Forward. To navigate the route from the destination point used when the route was created, select Backward. A magenta line appears. In the center of the magenta line is a thinner purple line that represents the corrected course from your present location to the destination. The corrected course is dynamic, and it moves with your boat when you are off course. 5 Review the course indicated by the magenta line. 6 Follow the magenta line along each leg in the route, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. 7 If you are off course, follow the purple line (corrected course) to go to your destination, or steer back to the magenta line

(direct course). Browsing for and Navigating Parallel to a Saved Route Before you can browse a list of routes and navigate to one of them, you must create and save at least one route. 1 Select Info > User Data > Routes & Auto Guidance Paths. 2 Select a route. 3 Select Navigate To. 4 Select Offset to navigate parallel to the route, offset from it by a specific distance. 5 Indicate how to navigate the route:

To navigate the route from the starting point used when the route was created, to the left of the original route, select Forward Port. To navigate the route from the starting point used when the route was created, to the right of the original route, select Forward Starboard. To navigate the route from the destination point used when the route was created, to the left of the original route, select Backward Port. To navigate the route from the destination point used when the route was created, to the right of the original route, select Backward Starboard. 6 If necessary, select Done. A magenta line appears. In the center of the magenta line is a thinner purple line that represents the corrected course from your present location to the destination. The corrected course is dynamic, and it moves with your boat when you are off course. 7 Review the course indicated by the magenta line. 8 Follow the magenta line along each leg in the route, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. 9 If you are off course, follow the purple line (corrected course) to go to your destination, or steer back to the magenta line

(direct course). Deleting a Saved Route 1 Select Info > User Data > Routes & Auto Guidance Paths. 2 Select a route. 3 Select Review > Delete. Deleting All Saved Routes Select Info > User Data > Clear User Data > Routes &

Auto Guidance Paths. Auto Guidance CAUTION The Auto Guidance feature is based on electronic chart information. That data does not ensure obstacle and bottom clearance. Carefully compare the course to all visual sightings, and avoid any land, shallow water, or other obstacles that may be in your path. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can use Auto Guidance to plot the best path to your destination. Auto Guidance uses your chartplotter to scan chart data, such as water depth and known obstacles, to calculate a suggested path. You can adjust the path during navigation. Setting and Following an Auto Guidance Path 1 Select a destination (Destinations). 2 Select Navigate To > Auto Guidance. 3 Review the path, indicated by the magenta line. 4 Select Start Navigation. 5 Follow the magenta line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. NOTE: When using Auto Guidance, a gray segment within any part of the magenta line indicates that Auto Guidance cannot calculate part of the Auto Guidance line. This is due to the settings for minimum safe water depth and minimum safe obstacle height. Creating and Saving an Auto Guidance Path 1 Select Info > User Data > Routes & Auto Guidance Paths

> New > Auto Guidance. 2 Select a starting point, and select Next. 10 Navigation with a Chartplotter CONFIDENTIAL 3 Select a destination, and select Next. 4 Select an option:

To view a hazard and adjust the hazard path, select Hazard Review. To adjust the path, select Adjust Path, and follow the on-

screen instructions. To delete the path, select Cancel Auto Guidance. To save the path, select Done. Adjusting a Saved Auto Guidance Path 1 Select Info > User Data > Routes & Auto Guidance Paths. 2 Select a path, and select Review > Edit > Adjust Path. TIP: When navigating an Auto Guidance path, select the path on the navigation chart, and select Adjust Path. 3 Select a location on the path. 4 Drag the point to a new location. 5 If necessary, select a point, and select Remove. 6 Select Done. Canceling an Auto Guidance Calculation in Progress From the Navigation chart, select Menu > Cancel. TIP: You can select Back to quickly cancel the calculation. Setting a Timed Arrival You can use the Timed Arrival feature on a route or an Auto Guidance path to get feedback regarding when you should arrive at a selected point. This allows you to time your arrival at a location, such as a bridge opening or a race starting line. 1 From the Navigation chart, select Menu. 2 If necessary, select Navigation Options. 3 Select Timed Arrival. TIP: You can quickly open the Timed Arrival menu by selecting a point on the Auto Guidance path. Auto Guidance Line Configurations CAUTION The Safe Depth and Safe Height settings influence how the chartplotter calculates an Auto Guidance line. If an area has an unknown water depth or an unknown obstacle height, the Auto Guidance line is not calculated in that area. If an area at the beginning or the end of an Auto Guidance line is shallower than the safe water depth or lower than the safe obstacle height, the Auto Guidance line is not calculated in that area. On the chart, the course through those areas appears as a gray line. When your boat enters one of those areas, a warning message appears. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can set the parameters the chartplotter uses when calculating an Auto Guidance line. Safe Depth: Sets the minimum depth (chart depth datum) the chartplotter uses when calculating an Auto Guidance line. NOTE: The minimum safe depth for the premium charts is 3 feet. If you enter a Safe Depth value of less than 3 feet, the charts only use depths of 3 feet for Auto Guidance route calculations. Safe Height: Sets the minimum height (chart height datum) of a bridge that your boat can safely travel under. Shoreline Distance: Sets how close to the shore you want the Auto Guidance line to be placed. The Auto Guidance line may move if you change this setting while navigating. The available values for this setting are relative, not absolute. To ensure that the Auto Guidance line is placed the appropriate distance from shore, you can assess the placement of the Auto Guidance line using one or more familiar destinations that require navigation through a narrow waterway (Adjusting the Distance from Shore). Adjusting the Distance from Shore The Shoreline Distance setting indicates how close to the shore you want the Auto Guidance line to be placed. The Auto Guidance line may move if you change this setting while navigating. The available values for the Shoreline Distance setting are relative, not absolute. To ensure the Auto Guidance line is placed the appropriate distance from shore, you can assess the placement of the Auto Guidance line using one or more familiar destinations that require navigation through a narrow waterway. 1 Dock your vessel or drop the anchor. 2 Select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline Distance > Normal. 3 Select a destination that you have navigated to previously. 4 Select Navigate To > Auto Guidance. 5 Review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. 6 Select an option:

If the placement of the Auto Guidance line is satisfactory, select Menu > Navigation Options > Stop Navigation, and proceed to step 10. If the Auto Guidance line is too close to known obstacles, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline Distance > Far. If the turns in the Auto Guidance line are too wide, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance

> Shoreline Distance > Near. 7 If you selected Near or Far in step 6, review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. Auto Guidance maintains a wide clearance from obstacles in open water, even if you set the Shoreline Distance setting to Near or Nearest. As a result, the chartplotter may not reposition the Auto Guidance line, unless the destination selected requires navigation through a narrow waterway. 8 Select an option:

If the placement of the Auto Guidance line is satisfactory, select Menu > Navigation Options > Stop Navigation, and proceed to step 10. If the Auto Guidance line is too close to known obstacles, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline Distance > Farthest. If the turns in the Auto Guidance line are too wide, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance

> Shoreline Distance > Nearest. 9 If you selected Nearest or Farthest in step 8, review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. Auto Guidance maintains a wide clearance from obstacles in open water, even if you set the Shoreline Distance setting to Near or Nearest. As a result, the chartplotter may not reposition the Auto Guidance line, unless the destination selected requires navigation through a narrow waterway. 10Repeat steps 3 through 9 at least once more, using a different destination each time, until you are familiar with the functionality of the Shoreline Distance setting. Navigation with a Chartplotter 11 CONFIDENTIAL Tracks A track is a recording of the path of your boat. The track currently being recorded is called the active track, and it can be saved. You can show tracks in each chart or 3D chart view. Showing Tracks From a chart or a 3D chart view, select Menu > Chart Menu

> Waypoints and Tracks > Tracks > On. A trailing line on the chart indicates your track. Setting the Color of the Active Track 1 Select Info > User Data > Tracks > Active Track Options >

Track Color. 2 Select a track color. Saving the Active Track The track currently being recorded is called the active track. 1 Select Info > User Data > Tracks > Save Active Track. 2 Select an option:

Select the time the active track began. Select Entire Log. 3 Select Save. Viewing a List of Saved Tracks Select Info > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. Editing a Saved Track 1 Select Info > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. 2 Select a track. 3 Select Edit Track. 4 Select an option:

Select Name, and enter the new name. Select Track Color, and select a color. Saving a Track as a Route 1 Select Info > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. 2 Select a track. 3 Select Select > Edit Track > Save Route. Browsing for and Navigating a Recorded Track Before you can browse a list of tracks and navigate to them, you must record and save at least one track (Tracks). 1 Select Info > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. 2 Select a track. 3 Select Follow Track. 4 Select an option:

To navigate the track from the starting point used when the track was created, select Forward. To navigate the track from the destination point used when the track was created, select Backward. 5 Review the course indicated by the colored line. 6 Follow the line along each leg in the route, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. Deleting a Saved Track 1 Select Info > User Data > Tracks > Saved Tracks. 2 Select a track. 3 Select Select > Delete. Deleting All Saved Tracks Select Info > User Data > Clear User Data > Saved Tracks. Retracing the Active Track The track currently being recorded is called the active track. 1 Select Info > User Data > Tracks > Follow Active Track. 2 Select an option:

Select the time the active track began. Select Entire Log. 3 Review the course indicated by the colored line. 4 Follow the colored line, steering to avoid land, shallow water, and other obstacles. Clearing the Active Track Select Info > User Data > Tracks > Clear Active Track. The track memory is cleared, and the active track continues to be recorded. Managing the Track Log Memory During Recording 1 Select Info > User Data > Tracks > Active Track Options. 2 Select Record Mode. 3 Select an option:

To record a track log until the track memory is full, select Fill. To continuously record a track log, replacing the oldest track data with new data, select Wrap. Configuring the Recording Interval of the Track Log You can indicate the frequency at which the track plot is recorded. Recording more frequent plots is more accurate but fills the track log faster. The resolution interval is recommended for the most efficient use of memory. 1 Select Info > User Data > Tracks > Active Track Options >

Interval > Interval. 2 Select an option:

To record the track based on a distance between points, select Distance > Change, and enter the distance. To record the track based on a time interval, select Time >

Change, and enter the time interval. To record the track plot based on a variance from your course, select Resolution > Change, and enter the maximum error allowed from the true course before recording a track point. Stopping Navigation While navigating, from the Navigation or Fishing chart, select an option:

Select Menu > Stop Navigation. When navigating with Auto Guidance, select Menu >

Navigation Options > Stop Navigation. Synchronizing User Data Across the Garmin Marine Network NOTICE Before you synchronize the user data across the network, you should backup your user data to prevent possible data loss. See Backing Up Data to a Computer. You can share waypoints, tracks, and routes with all compatible devices connected to the Garmin Marine Network (Ethernet) automatically. NOTE: This feature is not available on all models. Select Settings > Preferences > User Data Sharing > On. If a change is made to a waypoint, track, or route on one chartplotter, that data is synchronized automatically across all chartplotters on the Ethernet network. Deleting All Saved Waypoints, Routes, and Tracks Select Info > User Data > Clear User Data > All > OK. 12 Navigation with a Chartplotter CONFIDENTIAL 4 Select Back. 5 Start the racing timer (Starting the Race Timer). Starting the Race Timer The race timer is added to the Sail Racing combination screen by default. 1 From the Sail Racing combination screen, select Start. NOTE: You can also access this from the Sailing SmartMode screen and the navigation chart. 2 When necessary, select Sync to synchronize with the official race timer. Stopping the Race Timer From the Sail Racing combination screen, select Stop. Setting the Distance between the Bow and the GPS Antenna You can enter the distance between the bow of your boat and the location of your GPS antenna. This helps ensure the bow of your boat crosses the starting line at the precise start time. 1 From a navigation chart, select Sailing > Start Line > GPS Bow Offset. 2 Enter the distance. 3 Select Done. Laylines Settings When in sailing mode (Setting the Vessel Type), you can display laylines on the navigation chart. Laylines can be very helpful when racing. From the navigation chart, select Menu > Chart Menu > Sailing

> Laylines. Display: Sets how the laylines and vessel are shown on the chart, and sets the length of the laylines. Sailing Ang.: Allows you to select how the device calculates laylines. The Actual option calculates the laylines using the measured wind angle from the wind sensor. The Manual option calculates the laylines using manually entered windward and leeward angles. Tide Correction: Corrects the laylines based on the tide. Setting the Keel Offset You can enter a keel offset to compensate the surface reading for the depth of a keel, making it possible to measure depth from the bottom of the keel instead of from the transducer location. Enter a positive number to offset for a keel. You can enter a negative number to compensate for a large vessel that may draw several feet of water. 1 Complete an action, based on the location of the transducer:

If the transducer is installed at the water line , measure the distance from the transducer location to the keel of the boat. Enter this value in steps 3 and 4 as a positive number. If the transducer is installed at the bottom of the keel , measure the distance from the transducer to the water line. Enter this value in steps 3 and 4 as a negative number. Sailing Features Setting the Vessel Type You can select your boat type to configure the chartplotter settings and to use features customized for your boat type. 1 Select Settings > My Vessel > Vessel Type. 2 Select Powerboat or Sailboat. Sail Racing You can use the device to increase the likelihood that your boat will cross the start line of a race exactly when the race begins. When you synchronize the race timer with the official race countdown timer, you are alerted at one-minute intervals as the race start approaches. When you combine the race timer with the virtual start line, the device measures your speed, bearing, and remaining time on the countdown timer. The device uses this data to indicate whether your boat will cross the start line before, after, or at the correct time to start the race. Starting Line Guidance Sailing start line guidance is a visual representation of the information you need to cross the start line at the optimal time and speed. After you set the starboard and port start line pins, and the target speed and time, and after you start the race timer, a predictor line appears. The predictor line extends from your current location toward the start line and the laylines that extend from each pin. The end point and color of the predictor line indicate where the boat will be when the timer expires, based on your current boat speed. When the end point is before the start line, the line is white. This indicates the boat must increase speed to reach the start line on time. When the end point is past the start line, the line is red. This indicates the boat must reduce speed to avoid a penalty for reaching the start line before the timer expires. When the end point is on the start line, the line is white. This indicates the boat is moving at an optimal speed to reach the start line when the timer expires. By default, the start line guidance window and the race timer window appear in the Sail Racing combination screen. Setting the Starting Line The start line guidance window is added to the Sail Racing combination screen by default. 1 From the Sail Racing combination screen, select Menu >

Start Line Guidance > Start Line. 2 Select an option:

To mark the port and starboard starting line marks as you sail past them, select Ping Marks. To mark the port and starboard starting line marks by entering their coordinates, select Enter Coordinates. To switch the position of the port and starboard marks after you have set them, select Swap Port & Starbd. Marks. Using the Starting Line Guidance You can use the starting line guidance feature to help get you cross the start line, at the optimal speed during a sailing race. 1 Mark the starting line (Setting the Starting Line). 2 From the Sail Racing combination screen, select Menu >

Start Line Guidance > Target Speed, and select your target speed when crossing the starting line. 3 Select Target Time, and select the target time to cross the starting line. Sailing Features 13 CONFIDENTIAL Tacking and Gybing from Heading Hold 1 Engage heading hold (Engaging the Autopilot). 2 Select Menu > Autopilot Menu > Tack Gybe. 3 Select a direction. The autopilot steers your boat through a tack or gybe. Tacking and Gybing from Wind Hold Before you can engage wind hold, you must have a wind sensor installed. 1 Engage wind hold (Engaging Wind Hold). 2 Select Menu > Tack Gybe. 3 Select Tack or Gybe. The autopilot steers your boat through a tack or gybe, and information about the progress of the tack or gybe appears on the screen. Setting a Tack and Gybe Delay The tack and gybe delay allows you to delay steering a tack and gybe after you initiate the maneuver. 1 From the autopilot screen, select Menu > Autopilot Menu >

Autopilot Setup > Sailing Setup > Tack Delay. 2 Select the length of the delay. 3 If necessary, select Done. Enabling the Gybe Inhibitor NOTE: The gybe inhibitor does not prevent you from manually performing a gybe using the helm or step steering. The gybe inhibitor prevents the autopilot from performing a gybe. 1 Select Menu > Autopilot Menu > Autopilot Setup > Sailing Setup > Gybe Inhibitor. 2 Select Enabled. Sonar When properly connected to a compatible transducer, your chartplotter can be used as a fishfinder. Different sonar views can help you view the fish in the area. The adjustments you can make to each sonar view vary depending on the view you are in and the chartplotter model and transducer you have connected. Sonar Views The sonar views available vary depending on the type of transducer and optional sounder module connected to the chartplotter. For example, you can view the Split Frequency view only if you have a dual-frequency transducer connected. There are four basic styles of sonar views available: a full-

screen view, a split-screen view that combines two or more views, a split-zoom view, and a split-frequency view that displays two different frequencies. You can customize the settings for each view in the screen. For example, if you are viewing the split-frequency view, you can adjust the gain for each of the frequencies separately. If you do not see an arrangement of sonar views to suit your needs, you can create a custom screen (Adding a Custom Combination Screen). Traditional Sonar View There are several full-screen views available, depending on the equipment connected. The full-screen Traditional sonar view show a large image of the sonar readings from a transducer. The range scale along the right side of the screen shows the depth of detected objects as the screen scrolls from the right to the left. 2 Select Settings > My Vessel > Keel Offset. 3 Select 4 Enter the distance measured in step 1. based on the location of the transducer. or Sailboat Autopilot Operation CAUTION When engaged, the autopilot controls only the rudder. You and your crew remain responsible for the sails while the autopilot is engaged. In addition to heading hold, you can use the autopilot to maintain a wind hold. You can also use the autopilot to control the rudder while tacking and gybing. Wind Hold You can set the autopilot to maintain a specific bearing relative to the current wind angle. Your device must be connected to a NMEA 2000 or NMEA 0183 compatible wind sensor to perform a wind hold or a wind-based tack or gybe. Setting the Wind Hold Type Before you can enable the wind hold type, you must connect a NMEA 2000 or NMEA 0183 wind sensor to the autopilot. For advanced autopilot configuration, see the installation instructions included with your autopilot. 1 From the autopilot screen, select Menu > Autopilot Menu >

Autopilot Setup > Wind Hold Type. 2 Select Apparent or True. Engaging Wind Hold Before you can enable the wind hold type, you must connect a NMEA 2000 or NMEA 0183 wind sensor to the autopilot. When the autopilot is in standby mode, select Wind Hold. Engaging Wind Hold from Heading Hold Before you can enable the wind hold type, you must connect a NMEA 2000 or NMEA 0183 wind sensor to the autopilot. With heading hold engaged, select Menu > Wind Hold. Adjusting the Wind Hold Angle with the Autopilot You can adjust the wind hold angle on the autopilot when wind hold is engaged. To adjust the wind hold angle in increments of 1, select or

. To adjust the wind hold angle in increments of 10, hold

. or Tack and Gybe You can set the autopilot to perform a tack or gybe while heading hold or wind hold is engaged. 14 Sonar CONFIDENTIAL Depth information Suspended targets or fish Bottom of the body of water DownV Sonar View NOTE: Not all models support DownV sonar technology and transducers. NOTE: To receive DownV scanning sonar, you need a compatible chartplotter or fishfinder and a compatible transducer. DownV high-frequency sonar provides a clearer picture below the boat, providing a more detailed representation of structures the boat is passing over. Traditional transducers emit a conical beam. The DownV scanning sonar technology emits a narrow beam, similar to the shape of the beam in a copying machine. This beam provides a clearer, picture-like image of what is beneath the boat. SideV Sonar View NOTE: Not all models support SideV sonar and scanning transducers. NOTE: To receive SideV scanning sonar, you need a compatible chartplotter and a compatible transducer. SideV scanning sonar technology shows you a picture of what lies to the sides of the boat. You can use this as a search tool to find structures and fish. Left side of the boat Right side of the boat The transducer on your vessel Trees Old tires Logs Distance from the side of the boat SideV/DownV Scanning Technology Instead of a more common conical beam, the SideV/DownV transducer uses a flat beam to scan the water and ground to the sides of your boat. Split-Zoom Sonar View The split-zoom sonar view shows a full-view graph of sonar readings, and a magnified portion of that graph, on the same screen. Split-Frequency Sonar View In the split-frequency sonar view, one side of the screen shows a full-view graph of high frequency sonar data, and the other side of the screen shows a full-view graph of lower frequency sonar data. NOTE: The split-frequency sonar view requires the use of a dual-frequency transducer. Changing the Sonar View 1 From a combination screen or SmartMode layout with sonar, select the window to change. 2 Select Menu > Change Sonar. 3 Select a sonar view. Creating a Waypoint on the Sonar Screen 1 From a sonar view, select a location. 2 Select New Wpt. 3 If necessary, edit the waypoint information. Pausing the Sonar Display

. From a sonar view, select

. Viewing Sonar History You can scroll the sonar display to view historical sonar data. 1 From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Menu >

2 Drag the screen. Sonar Sharing This feature may not be available on all chartplotter models. You can view the sonar data from all compatible sources on the Garmin Marine Network. You can view sonar data from a compatible external sonar module, such as a GCV sonar module. In addition, you can view the sonar data from other chartplotters that have a built-in sonar module. Each chartplotter on the network can display sonar data from every compatible sonar module and transducer on the network, no matter where the chartplotters and transducers are mounted on your boat. For example, from a transducer with DownV mounted at the back of the boat, you can view the sonar data using the GPSMAP 7407xsv mounted at the front of your boat. Chartplotters can display only compatible types of sonar. For example, GPSMAP 547 models can display traditional and DownV data, but not SideV data. When sharing sonar data, the values of some sonar settings, such as Range and Gain, are synchronized across the devices on the network. The values of other sonar settings, such as the Sonar 15 CONFIDENTIAL Appearance settings, are not synchronized and should be configured on each individual device. In addition, the scroll rates of the various traditional and DownV sonar views are synchronized to make the split views more cohesive. NOTE: Using multiple transducers simultaneously can create cross talk, which can be removed by adjusting the Interference sonar setting. Selecting a Sonar Source This feature may not be available with all models. When you are using more than one sonar data source for a particular sonar view, you can select the source to use for that sonar view. For example, if you have two sources for DownV, you can select the source to use from the DownV sonar view. 1 Open the sonar view for which you will change the source. 2 Select Menu > Sonar Menu > Sonar Setup > Source. 3 Select the source for this sonar view. Renaming a Sonar Source You can rename a sonar source to easily identify that source. For example, you use "Bow" as the name of the transducer on the bow of your boat. The source is renamed for the present view only. For example, to rename the DownV sonar source, you must open the DownV sonar view. 1 From the sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Menu > Sonar Setup > Source > Rename Sources. 2 Enter the name. Adjusting the Level of Detail You can control the level of detail and noise shown on the sonar screen either by adjusting the gain for traditional transducers, or by adjusting the brightness for DownV and SideV/DownV transducers. If you want to see the highest intensity signal returns on the screen, you can lower the gain or brightness to remove lower intensity returns and noise. If you want to see all return information, you can increase the gain or brightness to see more information on the screen. This also increases noise, and can make it more difficult to recognize actual returns. 1 From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Menu. 2 Select Gain or Brightness. 3 Select an option:

To increase or decrease the gain or brightness manually, select Up or Down. To allow the chartplotter to adjust the gain or brightness automatically, select an automatic option. Adjusting the Color Intensity You can adjust the intensity of colors and highlight areas of interest on the sonar screen by adjusting the color gain for traditional transducers or the contrast for DownV and SideV/

DownV transducers. This setting works best after you have adjusted the level of detail shown on the screen using the gain or brightness settings. If you want to highlight smaller fish targets or create a higher intensity display of a target, you can increase the color gain or contrast setting. This causes a loss in the differentiation of the high intensity returns at the bottom. If you want to reduce the intensity of the return, you can reduce the color gain or contrast. 1 From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Menu. 2 Select an option:

While in the DownV or SideV sonar view, select Contrast. While in another sonar view, select Sonar Setup >

Advanced > Color Gain. 16 3 Select an option:

To increase or decrease the color intensity manually, select Up or Down. To use the default setting, select Default. Adjusting the Range of the Depth or Width Scale You can adjust the range of the depth scale traditional and DownV sonar views and the range of the width scale for the SideV sonar view. Allowing the device to adjust the range automatically keeps the bottom within the lower or outer third of the sonar screen, and can be useful for tracking a bottom that has minimal or moderate terrain changes. Manually adjusting the range enables you to view a specified range, which can be useful for tracking a bottom that has large terrain changes, such as a drop-offs or cliffs. The bottom can appear on the screen as long as it appears within the range you have set. 1 From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Menu > Range. 2 Select an option:

To allow the chartplotter to adjust the range automatically, select Auto. To increase or decrease the range manually, select Up or Down. TIP: From the sonar screen, you can select manually adjust the range. TIP: When viewing multiple sonar screens, you can select Select to choose the active screen. or to Setting the Zoom Level on the Sonar Screen 1 From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Menu > Zoom. 2 Select an option:

To zoom in on the sonar data from the bottom depth, select Bottom Lock. To set the depth range of the magnified area manually, select Set Zoom, select View Up or View Down to set the depth range of the magnified area, and select Zoom In or Zoom Out to increase or decrease the magnification of the magnified area. To set the depth and zoom automatically, select Set Zoom > Auto. To cancel the zoom, select No Zoom. Setting the Scroll Speed You can set the rate at which the sonar image moves across the screen. A higher scroll speed shows more detail, especially while moving or trolling. A lower scroll speed displays sonar information on the screen longer. Setting the scroll speed on one sonar view applies to all the sonar views. 1 From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Menu > Sonar Setup > Scroll Speed. 2 Select an option:

To adjust the scroll speed automatically using speed-over-

ground or water speed data, select Auto. The Auto setting selects a scroll rate to match the boat speed, so targets in the water are drawn with the correct aspect ratio and appear less distorted. When viewing DownV or SideV sonar views, it is recommend to use the Auto setting. To use a very fast scroll speed, select Ultrascroll. The Ultrascroll option quickly scrolls new sonar data, but with a reduced image quality. For most situations, the Fast Sonar CONFIDENTIAL option provides a good balance between a quickly scrolling image and targets that are less distorted. Sonar Frequencies NOTE: The frequencies available depend on the chartplotter, sounder modules, and transducer being used. Adjusting the frequency helps adapt the sonar for your particular goals and the present depth of the water. Higher frequencies use narrow beam widths, and are better for high-speed operation and rough sea conditions. Bottom definition and thermocline definition can be better when using a higher frequency. Lower frequencies use wider beam widths, which can let the fisherman see more targets, but could also generate more surface noise and reduce bottom signal continuity during rough sea conditions. Wider beam widths generate larger arches for fish target returns, making them ideal for locating fish. Wider beam widths also perform better in deep water, because the lower frequency has better deep water penetration. Chirp frequencies allow you to sweep each pulse through a range of frequencies, resulting in better target separation in deep water. Chirp can be used to distinctly identify targets, like individual fish in a school, and for deep water applications. Chirp generally performs better than single frequency applications. Because some fish targets may show up better using a fixed frequency, you should consider your goals and water conditions when using Chirp. Some sonar black boxes and transducers also provide the ability to customize preset frequencies for each transducer element, which enables you to change the frequency quickly using the presets as the water and your goals change. Viewing two frequencies concurrently using the split-frequency view allows you to see deeper with the lower frequency return and, at the same time, see more detail from the higher frequency return. Selecting Frequencies NOTE: You cannot adjust the frequency for all sonar views and transducers. You can indicate which frequencies appear on the sonar screen. 1 From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Menu >

Frequency. 2 Select a frequency suited to your needs and water depth. For more information on frequencies, see Sonar Frequencies. Creating a Frequency Preset NOTE: Not available with all transducers. You can create a preset to save a specific sonar frequency, which allows you to change frequencies quickly. 1 From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Menu >

Frequency. 2 Select Manage Frequencies > New Preset. 3 Enter a frequency. Turning On the A-Scope NOTE: This feature is not available in all sonar views. The a-scope is a vertical flasher along the right side of the full-

screen sonar view. This feature expands the most recently received sonar data so that it is easier to see. It can also be helpful for detecting fish that are close to the bottom. From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Menu > Sonar Setup > Appearance > A-Scope > On. Selecting the Transducer Type Before you can select the transducer type, you must know what kind of transducer you have. If you are connecting a transducer that was not included with the chartplotter, you may need to set the transducer type to make the sonar function properly. If the device automatically detected your transducer, this option does not appear. 1 From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Setup >

Installation > Transducer Type. 2 Select an option:

If you have a 200/77 kHz, dual-beam transducer, select Dual Beam (200/77 kHz). If you have a 200/50 kHz, dual-frequency transducer, select Dual Frequency (200/50 kHz). If you have another type of transducer, select it from the list. Sonar Setup NOTE: Not all options and settings apply to all models and transducers. Sonar Settings From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Menu > Sonar Setup. Scroll Speed: Sets the rate at which the sonar scrolls from right to left (Setting the Scroll Speed). In shallow water, you can select a slower scroll speed to extend the length of time the information is displayed on screen. In deeper water, you can select a faster scroll speed. Automatic scroll speed adjusts the scrolling speed to the speed the boat is traveling. Noise Reject: Reduces the interference and the amount of clutter shown on the sonar screen (Sonar Noise Rejection Settings). Appearance: Configures the appearance of the sonar screen

(Sonar Appearance Settings). Alarms: Sets sonar alarms (Sonar Alarm Settings). Advanced: Configures various sonar display and data source settings (Advanced Sonar Settings). Installation: Configures the transducer (Transducer Installation Settings). Sonar Noise Rejection Settings From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Menu > Sonar Setup

> Noise Reject. Interference: Adjusts the sensitivity to reduce the effects of interference from nearby sources of noise. The lowest interference setting that achieves the desired improvement should be used to remove interference from the screen. Correcting installation issues that cause noise is the best way to eliminate interference. Color Limit: Hides part of the color palette to help eliminate fields of weak clutter. By setting the color limit to the color of the undesired returns, you can eliminate the display of undesired returns on the screen. Smoothing: Removes noise that is not part of a normal sonar return, and adjusts the appearance of returns, such as the bottom. When smoothing is set to high, more of the low-level noise remains than when using the interference control, but the noise is more subdued because of averaging. Smoothing can remove speckle from the bottom. Smoothing and interference work well together to eliminate low-level noise. You can adjust the interference and smoothing settings incrementally to remove undesirable noise from the display. Sonar 17 CONFIDENTIAL Surface Noise: Hides surface noise to help reduce clutter. Wider beam widths (lower frequencies) can show more targets, but can generate more surface noise. TVG: Adjusts the time varying gain, which can reduce noise. This control is best used for situations when you want to control and suppress clutter or noise near the water surface. It also allows for the display of targets near the surface that are otherwise hidden or masked by surface noise. Sonar Appearance Settings NOTE: Not all options and settings apply to all models and transducers. From a Sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Menu > Sonar Setup

> Appearance. Color: Sets the color scheme and color gain. Overlay Data: Sets the data shown on the sonar screen. A-Scope: Displays a vertical flasher along the right side of the screen that shows instantaneously the range to targets along a scale. Depth Line: Shows a quick-reference depth line. Edge: Highlights the strongest signal from the bottom to help define the hardness or softness of the signal. Pic. Advance: Allows the sonar picture to advance faster by drawing more than one column of data on the screen for each column of sounder data received. This is especially helpful when you are using the sounder in deep water, because the sonar signal takes longer to travel to the water bottom and back to the transducer. The 1/1 setting draws one column of information on the screen per sounder return. The 2/1 setting draws two columns of information on the screen per sounder return, and so on for the 4/1 and 8/1 settings. Sonar Alarm Settings NOTE: Some settings require external accessories. Select Settings > Alarms > Sonar. Shallow Water: Sets an alarm to sound when the depth is less than the specified value. Deep Water: Sets an alarm to sound when the depth is greater than the specified value. Water Temp.: Sets an alarm to sound when the transducer reports a temperature that is 2F (1.1C) above or below the specified temperature. Contour: Sets an alarm to sound when the transducer detects a suspended target within the specified depth from the surface of the water and from the bottom. Fish Alarm: Sets an alarm to sound when the transducer detects a suspended target within the specified depth range and the specified color range. Advanced Sonar Settings From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Menu > Sonar Setup

> Advanced. Transmit: Stops the transducer from transmitting. Shift: Allows you to set the depth range on which the sonar is focused. This allows you to zoom in a higher resolution in the focused depth. When using shift, bottom tracking may not work effectively, because the sonar looks for data within the depth range of the focused area, which may not include the bottom. Using shift also can impact the scroll speed, because data outside the depth range of the focused area is not processed, which reduces the time required to receive and display the data. You can zoom in to the focused area, which enables you to evaluate target returns more closely at a higher resolution than just zooming alone. Echo Stretch: Adjusts the size of the echoes on the screen to make it easier to see separate returns on the screen. When targets are difficult to see, echo stretch makes the target returns more pronounced and easier to see on the screen. If the echo stretch value is too high, the targets blend together, and if the value is too low, the targets might be small and difficult to see. You can use echo stretch and filter width together to obtain the preferable resolution and noise reduction. With echo stretch and filter width set to low, the display has the highest resolution, but is the most susceptible to noise. With echo stretch set to high and filter width set to low, the display has a lower resolution, but has wider targets. With echo stretch and filter width set to high, the display has the lowest resolution, but is the least susceptible to noise. It is not recommended to set echo stretch to low and filter width to high. Bottom Track: Sets the frequency used for determining depth. The bottom tracking control allows you to select the specific channel that is used to track the bottom. For example, you can set the bottom tracking for the low frequency for deep water operation. Temp. Source: Sets the channel for the water temperature log when more than one water-temperature sensor or temperature-capable transducer is connected. Transducer Installation Settings From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Menu > Sonar Setup

> Installation. Transmit Rate: Sets the length of time between sonar pings. Increasing the transmit rate increases the scroll speed, but it may also increase self-interference. Reducing the transmit rate increases the spacing between transmit pulses and can resolve self-interference. Transmit Power: Reduces transducer ringing near the surface. A lower transmit power value reduces transducer ringing. Filter Width: Defines the edges of the target. A shorter filter defines the edges of the targets, but may allow more noise. A longer filter creates softer target edges, and may also reduce noise. Transducer Diagnostics: Shows details about the transducer. Flip Left/Right: Changes the SideV view orientation from left to right. Sonar Recordings Recording the Sonar Display NOTE: Not all models support sonar recording. 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Setup > Sonar Recording > Record Sonar. 15 minutes of sonar recording uses approximately 200 MB of space of the inserted memory card. You can record sonar until the card reaches capacity. Stopping the Sonar Recording Before you can stop recording sonar, you must begin recording it (Recording the Sonar Display). From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Setup > Sonar Recording > Stop Recording. Deleting a Sonar Recording 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 From a sonar view, select Menu > Sonar Setup > Sonar Recordings > View Recordings. 3 Select a recording. 4 Select Delete. 18 Sonar CONFIDENTIAL Playing Sonar Recordings Before you can play back the sonar recordings, you must download and install the HomePort application and record sonar data onto a memory card. 1 Remove the memory card from the device. 2 Insert the memory card into a card reader attached to a computer. 3 Open the HomePort application. 4 Select a sonar recording from your device list. 5 Right-click the sonar recording in the lower pane. 6 Select Playback. Radar WARNING The marine radar transmits microwave energy that has the potential to be harmful to humans and animals. Before beginning radar transmission, verify that the area around the radar is clear. The radar transmits a beam approximately 12 above and below a line extending horizontally from the center of the radar. When the radar is transmitting, do not look directly at the antenna at close range; eyes are the most sensitive part of the body to electromagnetic energy. NOTE: Not all models support radar. When you connect your compatible chartplotter to an optional Garmin marine radar, such as a GMR 1226 xHD2 or a GMR 24 HD, you can view more information about your surroundings. The GMR transmits a narrow beam of microwave energy as it rotates to a 360 pattern. When the transmitted energy contacts a target, some of that energy is reflected back to the radar. Radar Display Modes NOTE: Not all modes are available with all radar devices and all chartplotters. Select Radar. Cruising Mode: Shows a full-screen image of the gathered radar information. Harbor Mode: Intended for use in inland waters, this mode works best with short-range signals (2 nm or less). Offshore Mode: Intended for use in open waters, this mode works best with long-range signals. Sentry Mode: Allows you to put the radar into timed-transmit mode, in which you can configure a radar transmit and standby cycle to conserve power. You can also enable a guard zone in this mode, which identifies a safe zone around your boat. If you switch from Sentry mode to another mode, the radar switches to full-time transmission and disables all guard zones. Radar Overlay Mode: Shows a full-screen image of the gathered radar information on top of the Navigation chart. The Radar overlay displays data based on the most recently used radar mode. Dual Range Mode: Provides a side-by-side view of both short-

range and long-range radar data. Changing the Radar Mode 1 From a combination screen or SmartMode layout with radar, select Menu > Radar Menu > Change Radar. 2 Select a radar mode. Transmitting Radar Signals NOTE: As a safety feature, the radar enters standby mode after it warms up. This gives you an opportunity to verify the area around the radar is clear before beginning radar transmission. 1 With the chartplotter off, connect your radar as described in the radar installation instructions. 2 Turn on the chartplotter. The radar warms up and a countdown alerts you when the radar is ready. 3 Select Radar. 4 Select a radar mode. A countdown message appears while the radar is starting up. 5 Select Menu > Transmit Radar. Adjusting the Radar Range The range of the radar signal indicates the length of the pulsed signal transmitted and received by the radar. As the range increases, the radar transmits longer pulses in order to reach distant targets. Closer targets, especially rain and waves, also reflect the longer pulses, which can add noise to the Radar screen. Viewing information about longer-range targets can also decrease the amount of space available on the Radar screen for viewing information about shorter-range targets. Select Select Tips for Selecting a Radar Range Determine what information you need to see on the Radar to decrease the range. to increase the range. screen. For example, do you need information about nearby weather conditions or targets and traffic, or are you more concerned about distant weather conditions?

Assess the environmental conditions where the radar is being used. Especially in inclement weather, longer-range radar signals can increase the clutter on the Radar screen and make it more difficult to view information about shorter-range targets. In rain, shorter-range radar signals can enable you to view information about nearby objects more effectively, if the rain clutter setting is configured optimally. Select the shortest effective range, given your reason for using radar and the present environmental conditions. Zooming In and Out of the Radar Screen Pinch two fingers together to zoom out. Spread two fingers apart to zoom in. Drag the screen to pan, and then select or to zoom, if necessary. Marking a Waypoint on the Radar Screen 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select a location. 2 Select Create Waypoint. Sentry Mode Sentry mode allows you to put the radar into timed-transmit mode, in which you can configure a radar transmit and standby cycle to conserve power. You can also enable a guard zone in this mode, which identifies a safe zone around your boat and sounds an alarm when a radar object enters the zone. Sentry mode works with all Garmin GMR model radars. Enabling Timed Transmit From the sentry screen, select Menu > Radar Menu >

Sentry Setup > Timed Transmit > On. Radar 19 CONFIDENTIAL Setting the Standby and Transmit Times Before you can set the standby and transmit times, you must enable timed transmit (Enabling Timed Transmit). To help conserve power, you can indicate the radar standby time and the transmit time to implement periodic radar signal transmissions at set intervals. 1 From the sentry screen, select Menu > Radar Menu >

Sentry Setup. 2 Select Stdby Time. 3 Enter the time interval between radar signal transmissions. 4 Select Transmit Time. 5 Enter the duration of each radar signal transmission. Enabling a Guard Zone From the sentry screen, select Menu > Radar Menu >

Sentry Setup > Enable Guard Zone. Defining a Circular Guard Zone Before you can define the boundaries of the guard zone, you must enable a guard zone (Enabling a Guard Zone). You can define a circular guard zone that completely encompasses your boat. 1 From the sentry screen, select Menu > Radar Menu >

Sentry Setup > Adjust Guard Zone > Adjust Guard Zone

> Circle. 2 Select the location of the outer guard zone circle. 3 Select the location of the inner guard zone circle to define the width of the guard zone. Defining a Partial Guard Zone You can define the boundaries of a guard zone that does not completely encompass your boat. 1 From the sentry screen, select Menu > Radar Menu >

Sentry Setup > Adjust Guard Zone > Adjust Guard Zone

> Corner 1. 2 Touch and drag the location of the outer guard-zone corner

. 3 Select Corner 2. 4 Touch the location of the inner guard-zone corner to define the width of the guard zone. Radar Targeting and MARPA Radar targeting enables you to identify and track objects. Mini-automatic radar plotting aid (MARPA) is primarily used for collision avoidance. To use MARPA, you assign a MARPA tag to a target. The radar system automatically tracks the tagged object and provides you with information about the object, including the range, bearing, speed, GPS heading, nearest approach, and time to nearest approach. MARPA indicates the status of each tagged object (acquiring, lost, tracking, or dangerous), and the chartplotter can sound a collision alarm if the object enters your safe zone. MARPA Targeting Symbols Acquiring a target. Concentric, dashed green rings radiate from the target while the radar is locking onto it. Target has been acquired. A solid green ring indicates the location of a target that the radar has locked onto. A dashed green line attached to the circle indicates the projected course over ground or the GPS heading of the target. Dangerous target is in range. A red ring flashes from the target while an alarm sounds and a message banner appears. After the alarm has been acknowledged, a solid red dot with a dashed red line attached to it indicates the location and the projected course over ground or the GPS heading of the target. If the safe-

zone collision alarm has been set to Off, the target flashes, but the audible alarm does not sound and the alarm banner does not appear. Target has been lost. A solid green ring with an X through it indicates that the radar could not lock onto the target. Closest point of approach and time to closest point of approach to a dangerous target. Assigning a MARPA Tag to an Object Before you can use MARPA, you must have a heading sensor connected and an active GPS signal. The heading sensor must provide the NMEA 2000 parameter group number (PGN) 127250 or the NMEA 0183 HDM or HDG output sentence. 1 From the Harbor, Offshore, or Cruising Radar screen, select an object or location. 2 Select Acquire Target > MARPA Target. Viewing Information about a MARPA-tagged Object You can view the range, bearing, speed, and other information about a MARPA-tagged object. 1 From a radar screen, select a targeted object. 2 Select MARPA Target. Removing a MARPA Tag from a Targeted Object 1 From the Radar screen, select a MARPA target. 2 Select MARPA Target > Remove. Viewing a List of AIS and MARPA Threats From any Radar screen or the Radar overlay, you can view and customize the appearance of a list of AIS and MARPA threats. 1 From a Radar screen, select Menu > Radar Menu > Other Vessels > List > Show. 2 Select the type of threats to include in the list. Showing AIS Vessels on the Radar Screen AIS requires the use of an external AIS device and active transponder signals from other vessels. You can configure how other vessels appear on the Radar screen. If any setting (except the AIS display range) is configured for one radar mode, the setting is applied to every other radar mode. The details and projected heading settings configured for one radar mode are applied to every other radar mode and to the Radar overlay. 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select Menu >

Radar Menu > Other Vessels > Display Setup. 2 Select an option:

To indicate the distance from your location within which AIS vessels appear, select Display Range, and select a distance. To show details about AIS-activated vessels, select Details > Show. To set the projected heading time for AIS-activated vessels, select Proj. Heading, and enter the time. VRM and EBL The variable range marker (VRM) and the electronic bearing line

(EBL) measure the distance and bearing from your boat to a 20 Radar CONFIDENTIAL target object. On the Radar screen, the VRM appears as a circle that is centered on the present location of your boat, and the EBL appears as a line that begins at the present location of your boat and intersects the VRM. The point of intersection is the target of the VRM and the EBL. Showing the VRM and the EBL The VRM and the EBL configured for one mode are applied to other radar modes. NOTE: The VRM and the EBL cannot be changed in sentry mode. From a Radar screen, select Menu > Radar Menu > Show VRM/EBL. Adjusting the VRM and the EBL Before you can adjust the VRM and the EBL, you must show them on the Radar screen (Showing the VRM and the EBL). You can adjust the diameter of the VRM and the angle of the EBL, which moves the intersection point of the VRM and the EBL. The VRM and the EBL configured for one mode are applied to all other radar modes. 1 From a Radar screen, select a new location for the intersection point of the VRM and the EBL. 2 Select Drop VRM/EBL. 3 Select Stop Pointing. Measuring the Range and Bearing to a Target Object Before you can adjust the VRM and the EBL, you must show them on the Radar screen (Showing the VRM and the EBL). 1 From a Radar screen, select the target location. 2 Select Measure Distance. The range and the bearing to the target location appear in the upper-left corner of the screen. Radar Overlay When you connect your chartplotter to an optional Garmin marine radar, you can use the Radar overlay to overlay radar information on the Navigation chart or on the Fishing chart. The Radar overlay superimposes radar information on the Navigation chart or the Fishing chart. Data appears on the Radar overlay based on the most recently used radar mode

(such as Harbor, Offshore, or Sentry), and all settings configurations applied to the Radar overlay are also applied to the last-used radar mode. For example, if you use Harbor mode and then you switch to the Radar overlay, the Radar overlay would show Harbor mode radar data. If you changed the gain setting using the Radar overlay menu, the gain setting for Harbor mode would change automatically. Radar Overlay and Chart Data Alignment When using the Radar overlay, the chartplotter aligns radar data with chart data based on the boat heading, which is based by default on data from a magnetic heading sensor connected using a NMEA 0183 or NMEA 2000 network. If a heading sensor is not available, the boat heading is based on GPS tracking data. GPS tracking data indicates the direction in which the boat is moving, not the direction in which the boat is pointing. If the boat is drifting backward or sideways due to a current or wind, the Radar overlay may not perfectly align with the chart data. This situation should be avoided by using boat-heading data from an electronic compass. If the boat heading is based on data from a magnetic heading sensor or an automatic pilot, the heading data could be compromised due to incorrect setup, mechanical malfunction, magnetic interference, or other factors. If the heading data is compromised, the Radar overlay may not align perfectly with the chart data. Showing the Radar Overlay The radar overlay displays data based on the most recently used radar mode. Select Charts > Radar Overlay. The radar picture appears in orange and overlays the navigation chart. Setting a Custom Park Position If you have more than one radar on your boat, you must be viewing the radar screen for the radar you want to adjust. By default, the antenna is stopped perpendicular to the pedestal when it is not spinning. You can adjust this position. 1 From the radar screen, select Menu > Radar Setup >

Antenna Configuration > Park Position. 2 Use the slider bar to adjust the position of the antenna when stopped, and select Back. Enabling and Adjusting a Radar No Transmit Zone You can indicate an area within which the radar scanner does not transmit signals. NOTE: This feature is not available on all radar and chartplotter models. 1 From a radar screen, select Menu > Radar Menu > Radar Setup > Enable No Transmit Zone. The no-transmit zone is indicated by a shaded area on the radar screen. 2 Select Adjust No Transmit Zone > Move No Transmit 3 Select Angle 1, and select the new location for the first 4 Select Angle 2, and select the new location for the second Zone. angle. angle. 5 Select Done. Stopping the Transmission of Radar Signals From a Radar screen, select Menu > Radar Menu > Radar To Standby. TIP: Press transmission. from any screen to quickly stop radar Optimizing the Radar Display You can adjust the radar display settings for reduced clutter and increased accuracy. NOTE: You can optimize the radar display for each radar mode. 1 Select a radar range (Adjusting the Radar Range). 2 Restore the default value of the gain setting (Adjusting Gain on the Radar Screen Automatically). 3 Adjust the gain setting manually (Adjusting Gain on the Radar Screen Manually). Radar Gain and Clutter Adjusting Gain on the Radar Screen Automatically The automatic gain setting for each radar mode is optimized for that mode, and may differ from the automatic gain setting used for another mode. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the gain setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. NOTE: Not all options and settings are available on all radar and chartplotter models. 1 From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select Menu >

Radar Menu > Gain. Radar 21 CONFIDENTIAL 2 Select an applicable option for the connected radar:

To set the gain automatically once, based on average conditions, the range of the radar signal, and the selected radar mode, select Auto. The chartplotter does not adjust the gain automatically in response to changing conditions. To adjust the gain automatically for changing conditions, select Auto Low or Auto High. To adjust the gain automatically to show birds over the surface of the water, select Auto Bird. Adjusting Gain on the Radar Screen Manually For optimal radar performance, you can manually adjust the gain. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the gain setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select Menu >

Radar Menu > Gain. 2 Select Up to raise the gain, until light speckles appear across the Radar screen. Data on the Radar screen is refreshed every few seconds. As a result, the effects of manually adjusting the gain may not appear instantly. Adjust the gain slowly. 3 Select Down to lower the gain until the speckles disappear. 4 If boats, land, or other targets are within range, select Down to lower the gain until the targets begin to blink. 5 Select Up to raise the gain until the boats, land, or other targets appear steadily lit on the Radar screen. 6 Minimize the appearance of nearby large objects, if necessary. 7 Minimize the appearance of side-lobe echoes, if necessary. Minimizing Nearby Large-Object Interference Nearby targets of significant size, such as jetty walls, can cause a very bright image of the target to appear on the Radar screen. This image can obscure smaller targets located near it. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the gain setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select Menu >

Radar Menu > Gain. 2 Select Down to lower the gain until the smaller targets are clearly visible on the Radar screen. Reducing the gain to eliminate nearby large-object interference may cause smaller or distant targets to blink or disappear from the Radar screen. Minimizing Side-Lobe Interference on the Radar Screen Side-lobe interference may appear to streak outward from a target in a semi-circular pattern. Side-lobe effects can be avoided by reducing the gain or reducing the radar range. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the gain setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select Menu >

Radar Menu > Gain. 2 Select Down to lower the gain until the semi-circular, streaked pattern disappears from the Radar screen. Reducing the gain to eliminate side-lobe interference may cause smaller or distant targets to blink or disappear from the Radar screen. Adjusting Sea Clutter on the Radar Screen Automatically You can set the chartplotter to automatically adjust the appearance of clutter caused by choppy sea conditions. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the sea clutter setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the radar overlay. NOTE: Not all options and settings are available on all radar and chartplotter models. 1 From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select Menu >

Radar Menu > Noise Rejection > Sea Clutter. 2 Select Presets or Auto. 3 Select a setting that reflects the present sea conditions. When using a compatible radar model, the chartplotter adjusts the sea clutter based on the sea conditions automatically. Adjusting Rain Clutter on the Radar Screen You can adjust the appearance of clutter caused by rain. Reducing the radar range also can minimize rain clutter

(Zooming In and Out of the Radar Screen). The rain clutter setting affects the appearance of nearby rain clutter and targets more than it affects the appearance of distant rain clutter and targets. A higher rain clutter setting reduces the appearance of clutter caused by nearby rain, but it can also reduce or eliminate the appearance of nearby targets. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the rain clutter settings configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select Menu >

Radar Menu > Noise Rejection > Rain Clutter. 2 Select Up or Down to decrease or increase the appearance of nearby rain clutter until other targets are clearly visible on the Radar screen. Clutter caused by rain may still be visible. Reducing Cross Talk Clutter on the Radar Screen You can reduce the appearance of clutter caused by interference from another nearby radar source, when the cross talk reject setting is on. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the cross talk reject setting configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the Radar overlay. From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select Menu >

Radar Menu > Noise Rejection > Crosstalk Rej.. Echo Trails The echo trails feature enables you to track the movement of vessels on the radar display. You can change the length of time the trail is displayed. NOTE: Depending upon the radar in use, the settings configured for use in one radar mode may or may not be applied to other radar modes or to the radar overlay. NOTE: Not all options and settings are available on all radar and chartplotter models. Turning on Echo Trails From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select Menu >

Radar Menu > Radar Setup > Echo Trails > Display. Adjusting the Length of the Echo Trails 1 From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select Menu >

Radar Menu > Radar Setup > Echo Trails > Time. 2 Select the length of the trail. Clearing the Echo Trails You can remove the echo trails from the radar screen to reduce the clutter the screen. From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select Clear Trails. Radar Display Settings From any Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select Menu >

Radar Menu > Radar Setup. 22 Radar CONFIDENTIAL Orientation: Sets the perspective of the radar display. The orientation setting applies to every radar mode. This setting does not apply to the Radar overlay. Appearance: Sets the color scheme, look-ahead speed, and navigation appearance. Front of Boat: Compensates for the physical location of the radar scanner on a boat, if the radar scanner does not align with the bow-stern axis. Radar Appearance Settings From a Radar screen, select Menu > Radar Menu > Radar Setup > Appearance. NOTE: These settings do not apply to the Radar overlay. Color Scheme: Sets the color scheme. Look-Ahead Speed: Shifts your present location toward the bottom of the screen automatically as your speed increases. Enter your top speed for the best results. Heading Line: Shows an extension from the bow of the boat in the direction of travel on the radar screen. Rings: Shows the range rings that help you to visualize distances on the radar screen. Nav Lines: Shows the navigation lines that indicate the course you have set using Route To, Guide To, or Go To. safely operating your boat. Avoid navigational hazards and never leave the helm unattended. Always be prepared to promptly regain manual control of your boat. Learn to operate the autopilot on calm and hazard-free open water. Use caution when operating the autopilot near hazards in the water, such as docks, pilings, and other boats. The autopilot system continuously adjusts the steering of your boat to maintain a constant heading (heading hold). The system also allows manual steering and several modes of automatic-

steering functions and patterns. Opening the Autopilot Screen Before you can open the autopilot screen, you must have a compatible autopilot installed and configured. Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > Autopilot. Autopilot Screen Waypoints: Shows waypoints on the radar screen. Front-of-Boat Offset The front-of-boat offset compensates for the physical location of the radar scanner on a boat, if the radar scanner does not align with the bow-stern axis. Measuring the Potential Front-of-Boat Offset The front-of-boat offset compensates for the physical location of the radar scanner on a boat, if the radar scanner does not align with the bow-stern axis. 1 Using a magnetic compass, take an optical bearing of a stationary target located within viewable range. 2 Measure the target bearing on the radar. 3 If the bearing deviation is more than +/- 1, set the front-of-

boat offset. Actual heading Intended heading (heading the autopilot is steering toward) Actual heading (when in standby mode) Intended heading (when engaged) Rudder position indicator (This functionality is available only when a rudder sensor is connected.) Setting the Front-of-Boat Offset Before you can set the front-of-boat offset, you must measure the potential front-of-boat offset. The front-of-boat offset setting configured for use in one radar mode is applied to every other radar mode and to the Radar overlay. 1 From a Radar screen or the Radar overlay, select Menu >

Radar Menu > Radar Setup > Front of Boat. 2 Select Up or Down to adjust the offset. Selecting a Different Radar Source 1 Select an option:

From a radar screen or the radar overlay, select Menu >

Radar Menu > Radar Setup > Source. Select Settings > Communications > Preferred Data Source > Radar. 2 Select the radar source. Autopilot WARNING You can use the autopilot feature only at a station installed next to a helm, throttle, and helm control device. You are responsible for the safe and prudent operation of your vessel. The autopilot is a tool that enhances your capability to operate your boat. It does not relieve you of the responsibility of Adjusting the Step Steering Increment 1 From the Autopilot screen, select Menu > Autopilot Setup >

Steering Mode > Step Turn Size. 2 Select an increment. Setting the Power Saver You can adjust the level of rudder activity. 1 From the Autopilot screen, select Menu > Autopilot Menu >

Autopilot Setup > Power Saver. 2 Select a percentage. Selecting a higher percentage reduces rudder activity at the expense of heading performance. The higher the percentage, the more the course deviates before the autopilot corrects it. TIP: In choppy conditions at low speeds, increasing the Power Saver percentage reduces rudder activity. Enabling Shadow Drive NOTE: The Shadow Drive feature is available only on hydraulic steering systems. From the Autopilot screen, select Menu > Autopilot Menu >

Autopilot Setup > Shadow Drive > Enabled. Engaging the Autopilot When you engage the autopilot, the autopilot takes control of the helm and steers the boat to maintain your heading. From any screen, select Engage. Autopilot 23 CONFIDENTIAL Your intended heading shows in the center of the Autopilot screen. Adjusting the Heading with the Helm NOTE: You must enable the Shadow Drive feature before you can adjust the heading using the helm (Enabling Shadow Drive). With the autopilot engaged, manually steer the boat. The autopilot activates Shadow Drive mode. When you release the helm and manually maintain a specific heading for a few seconds, the autopilot resumes a heading hold at the new heading. Adjusting the Heading with the Chartplotter in Step Steering Mode Before you can steer your boat using the keys at the bottom of the autopilot screen, you must engage the autopilot (Engaging the Autopilot). Select <1 or 1> to initiate a single 1 turn. Select <<10 or 10>> to initiate a single 10 turn. Hold <1 or 1> to initiate a rate-controlled turn. The boat continues to turn until you let go of the key. Hold <<10 or 10>> to initiate a sequence of 10 turns. Steering Patterns WARNING You are responsible for the safe operation of your boat. Do not begin a pattern until you are certain that the water is clear of obstacles. The autopilot can steer the boat in preset patterns for fishing, and it can also perform other specialty maneuvers such as U-

turns and Williamson turns. Following the U-Turn Pattern You can use the u-turn pattern to turn the boat around 180 and maintain the new heading. 1 Form the autopilot screen, select Menu > Autopilot Menu >

Pattern Steering > U-Turn > Engage. 2 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Setting Up and Following the Circles Pattern You can use the circles pattern to steer the boat in a continuous circle, in a specified direction, and at a specified time interval. 1 From the Autopilot screen, select Menu > Autopilot Menu >

Pattern Steering > Circles. 2 If necessary, select Time, and select a time for the autopilot to steer one complete circle. 3 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Setting Up and Following the Zigzag Pattern You can use the zigzag pattern to steer the boat from port to starboard and back, over a specified time and angle, across your present heading. 1 From the Autopilot screen, select Menu > Autopilot Menu >

Pattern Steering > Zigzag. 2 If necessary, select Amplitude, and select a degree. 3 If necessary, select Period, and select a length of time. 4 Select Engage Zigzag. Following the Williamson Turn Pattern You can use the Williamson turn pattern to steer the boat around with the intent of running alongside the location where the Williamson turn pattern was initiated. The Williamson turn pattern can be used in man overboard situations. 1 From the Autopilot screen, select Menu > Autopilot Menu >

Pattern Steering > Williamson Turn. 2 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Following an Orbit Pattern You can use the orbit pattern to steer the boat in a continuous circle around the active waypoint. The size of the circle is defined by your distance from the active waypoint when you begin the orbit pattern. 1 From the Autopilot screen, select Menu > Autopilot Menu >

Pattern Steering > Orbit. 2 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Setting Up and Following the Cloverleaf Pattern You can use the cloverleaf pattern to steer the boat to repeatedly pass over an active waypoint. When you begin the cloverleaf pattern, the autopilot drives the boat toward the active waypoint and begins the cloverleaf pattern. You can adjust the distance between the waypoint and the location where the autopilot turns the boat for another pass over the waypoint. The default setting turns the boat at a range of 1000 ft. (300 m) from the active waypoint. 1 From the Autopilot screen, select Menu > Autopilot Menu >

Pattern Steering > Cloverleaf. 2 If necessary, select Length, and select a distance. 3 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Setting Up and Following a Search Pattern You can use the search pattern to steer the boat in increasingly larger circles outward from the active waypoint, forming a spiral pattern. When you begin the search pattern, the autopilot drives the boat to the active waypoint and begins the pattern. You can adjust the distance between each circle in the spiral. The default distance between circles is 50 ft. (20 m). 1 From the Autopilot screen, select Menu > Autopilot Menu >

Pattern Steering > Search. 2 If necessary, select Search Spacing, and select a distance. 3 Select Engage Port or Engage Starboard. Cancelling a Steering Pattern Physically steer the boat. NOTE: Shadow Drive must be enabled to cancel a steering pattern by physically steering the boat. Select Select Standby. or to cancel a pattern using step steering mode. Digital Selective Calling Networked Chartplotter and VHF Radio Functionality If you have a NMEA 0183 VHF radio or a NMEA 2000 VHF radio connected to your chartplotter, these features are enabled. The chartplotter can transfer your GPS position to your radio. If your radio is capable, GPS position information is transmitted with DSC calls. The chartplotter can receive digital selective calling (DSC) distress and position information from the radio. The chartplotter can track the positions of vessels sending position reports. If you have a Garmin NMEA 2000 VHF radio connected to your chartplotter, these features are also enabled. The chartplotter allows you to quickly set up and send individual routine call details to your Garmin VHF radio. 24 Digital Selective Calling CONFIDENTIAL When you initiate a man-overboard distress call from your radio, the chartplotter shows the man-overboard screen and prompts you to navigate to the man-overboard point. When you initiate a man-overboard distress call from your chartplotter, the radio shows the Distress Call page to initiate a man-overboard distress call. Turning On DSC Select Settings > Other Vessels > DSC. DSC List The DSC list is a log of the most recent DSC calls and other DSC contacts you have entered. The DSC list can contain up to 100 entries. The DSC list shows the most recent call from a boat. If a second call is received from the same boat, it replaces the first call in the call list. Viewing the DSC List Before you can view the DSC list, the chartplotter must be connected to a VHF radio that supports DSC. Select Info > DSC List. Adding a DSC Contact You can add a vessel to your DSC list. You can make calls to a DSC contact from the chartplotter. 1 Select Info > DSC List > Add Contact. 2 Enter the Maritime Mobile Service Identity (MMSI) of the vessel. 3 Enter the name of the vessel. Incoming Distress Calls If your compatible chartplotter and VHF radio are connected using NMEA 0183 or NMEA 2000, your chartplotter alerts you when your VHF radio receives a DSC distress call. If position information was sent with the distress call, that information is also available and recorded with the call. designates a distress call in the DSC list and marks the position of the vessel on the Navigation chart at the time of the DSC distress call. Navigating to a Vessel in Distress designates a distress call in the DSC list and marks the position of a vessel on the Navigation chart at the time of the DSC distress call. 1 Select Info > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review > Navigate To. 4 Select Go To or Route To. Man-Overboard Distress Calls Initiated from a VHF Radio When the chartplotter is connected to a compatible VHF radio with NMEA 2000, and you initiate a man-overboard DSC distress call from the radio, the chartplotter shows the man-

overboard screen and prompts you to navigate to the man-

overboard point. If you have a compatible autopilot system connected to the network, the chartplotter prompts you to start a Williamsons turn to the man-overboard point. If you cancel the man-overboard distress call on the radio, the chartplotter screen prompting you to activate navigation to the man-overboard location disappears. Man-Overboard and SOS Distress Calls Initiated from the Chartplotter When your chartplotter is connected to a Garmin NMEA 2000 compatible radio and you mark an SOS or man-overboard location, the radio shows the Distress Call page so you can quickly initiate a distress call. For information on placing distress calls from your radio, see the VHF radio owners manual. For information about marking an MOB or SOS location, see Marking an SOS Location. Position Tracking When you connect the chartplotter to a VHF radio using NMEA 0183, you can track vessels that send position reports. This feature is also available with NMEA 2000, when the vessel sends the correct PGN data (PGN 129808; DSC Call Information). Every position report call received is logged in the DSC list

(DSC List). Viewing a Position Report 1 Select Info > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review. 4 Select an option:

To switch to a Navigation chart marking the location, select Next Page. To view the position report details, select Previous Page. Navigating to a Tracked Vessel 1 Select Info > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review > Navigate To. 4 Select Go To or Route To. Creating a Waypoint at the Position of a Tracked Vessel 1 Select Info > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review > Create Waypoint. Editing Information in a Position Report 1 Select Info > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review > Edit. To enter the name of the vessel, select Name. To select a new symbol, select Symbol, if available. To enter a comment, select Comment. To show a trail line for the vessel if your radio is tracking the position of the vessel, select Trail. To select a color for the trail line, select Trail Line. Deleting a Position-Report Call 1 Select Info > DSC List. 2 Select a position-report call. 3 Select Review > Clear Report. Viewing Vessel Trails on the Chart You can view trails for all tracked vessels on some chart views. By default, a black line indicates the path of the vessel, a black dot indicates each previously reported position of a tracked vessel, and a blue flag indicates the last reported position of the vessel. 1 From a chart or 3D chart view, select Menu > Chart Setup >

Other Vessels > DSC > DSC Trails. 2 Select the number of hours to show tracked vessels on the chart. For example, if you select 4 Hours, all trail points that are less than four hours old appear for all tracked vessels. Digital Selective Calling 25 CONFIDENTIAL Individual Routine Calls When you connect the chartplotter to a Garmin VHF radio, you can use the chartplotter interface to set up an individual routine call. When setting up an individual routine call from your chartplotter, you can select the DSC channel on which you want to communicate. The radio transmits this request with your call. Selecting a DSC Channel NOTE: The selection of a DSC channel is limited to those channels that are available in all frequency bands. The default channel is 72. If you select a different channel, the chartplotter uses that channel for subsequent calls until you call using another channel. 1 Select Info > DSC List. 2 Select a vessel or a station to call. 3 Select Review > Call with Radio > Channel. 4 Select an available channel. Making an Individual Routine Call NOTE: When initiating a call from the chartplotter, if the radio does not have an MMSI number programmed, the radio will not receive call information. 1 Select Info > DSC List. 2 Select a vessel or a station to call. 3 Select Review > Call with Radio. 4 If necessary, select Channel, and select a new channel. 5 Select Send. The chartplotter sends information about the call to the radio. 6 On your Garmin VHF radio, select Call. Making an Individual Routine Call to an AIS Target 1 From a chart or 3D chart view, select an AIS target. 2 Select AIS Vessel > Call with Radio. 3 If necessary, select Channel, and select a new channel. 4 Select Send. The chartplotter sends information about the call to the radio. 5 On your Garmin VHF radio, select Call. Gauges and Graphs or to view a different gauge page. The gauges and graphs provide various information about the engine and environment. To view the information, a compatible transducer or sensor must be connected to the network. Viewing the Gauges 1 Select A/V, Gauges, Controls. 2 Select a gauge. 3 Select Changing the Data Shown in a Gauge 1 From a gauges screen, hold a gauge. 2 Select a data type. 3 Select the data to display. Customizing Engine Gauge and Fuel Gauge Limits You can configure the upper and lower limits and the range of desired standard operation of a gauge. When a value exceeds the range of standard operation, the gauge becomes red. NOTE: Not all options are available for all gauges. 1 From the engine gauges screen, select Menu > Gauge Setup > Set Gauge Limits. 2 Select a gauge. 3 Select Mode > Custom. 4 Select an option:

To set the minimum value of the standard operating range, select Rated Min.. To set the maximum value of the standard operating range, select Rated Max.. To set the lower limit of the gauge lower than the rated minimum, select Scale Min.. To set the upper limit of the gauge higher than the rated maximum, select Scale Max.. 5 Select the limit value. 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 to set additional gauge limits. Viewing Engine and Fuel Gauges Before you can view engine and fuel gauges, you must be connected to a NMEA 2000 network capable of sensing engine and fuel data. See the installation instructions for details. Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > Engines. Selecting the Number of Engines Shown in Gauges You can show information for up to four engines. 1 From the engine gauges screen, select Menu > Gauge Setup > Engine Selection > Num. Engines. 2 Select an option:

Select the number of engines. Select Auto Configure to automatically detect the number of engines. Customizing the Engines Shown in Gauges Before you can customize how the engines are shown in the gauges, you must manually select the number of engines

(Selecting the Number of Engines Shown in Gauges). 1 From the engine gauges screen, select Menu > Gauge Setup > Engine Selection > Edit Engines. 2 Select First Engine. 3 Select the engine to display in the first gauge. 4 Repeat for the remaining engine bars. Enabling Status Alarms for Engine Gauges You can enable the chartplotter to display engine status alarms. From the engine gauges screen, select Menu > Gauge Setup > Status Alarms > On. When an engine alarms is triggered, a gauge status alarm message appears and the gauge may become red depending on the type of alarm. Enabling Some Engine Gauge Status Alarms 1 From the engine gauges screen, select Menu > Gauge Setup > Status Alarms > Custom. 2 Select one or more engine gauge alarms to turn on or off. Setting the Fuel Alarm Before you can set a fuel level alarm, a compatible fuel flow sensor must be connected to the NMEA 2000 network. You can set an alarm to sound when the total amount of remaining onboard fuel reaches the level you specify. 1 Select Settings > Alarms > Fuel > Fuel Level Alarm > On. 2 Enter the remaining amount of fuel that triggers the alarm. Setting the Fuel Capacity of the Vessel 1 Select Settings > My Vessel > Fuel Capacity. 2 Enter the combined total capacity of the fuel tanks. 26 Gauges and Graphs CONFIDENTIAL Synchronizing the Fuel Data with the Actual Vessel Fuel You can synchronize the fuel levels in the chartplotter with the actual fuel in the vessel when you add fuel to your vessel. 1 Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > Engines > Menu. 2 Select an option:

After you have filled up all the fuel tanks on the vessel, select Fill Up All Tanks. The fuel level is reset to maximum capacity. After you have added less than a full tank of fuel, select Add Fuel to Boat, and enter the amount added. To specify the total fuel in the vessel tanks, select Set Total Fuel Onboard, and enter the total amount of fuel in the tanks. Viewing the Wind Gauges Before you can view wind information, you must have a wind sensor connected to the chartplotter. Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > Wind. Configuring the Sailing Wind Gauge You can configure the sailing wind gauge to show true or apparent wind speed and angle. 1 From the wind gauge, select Menu > Sailing Wind Gauge. 2 Select an option:

To show true or apparent wind angle, select Needle, and select an option. To show true or apparent wind speed, select Wind Speed, and select an option. Configuring the Speed Source You can specify whether the vessel speed data displayed on the gauge and used for wind calculations is based on water speed or GPS speed. 1 From the wind gauge, select Menu > Compass Gauge >

Speed Display. 2 Select an option:

To calculate the vessel speed based on data from the water-speed sensor, select Water Speed. To calculate the vessel speed based on GPS data, select GPS Speed. Configuring the Heading Source of the Wind Gauge You can specify the source of the heading displayed on the wind gauge. Magnetic heading is the heading data received from a heading sensor, and GPS heading is calculated by your chartplotter GPS (course over ground). 1 From the wind gauge, select Menu > Compass Gauge >

Heading Source. 2 Select GPS Hdg. or Magnetic. NOTE: When moving at low speeds or when stationary, the magnetic compass source is more accurate than the GPS source. Customizing the Close-Hauled Wind Gauge You can specify the range of the close-hauled wind gauge for both the upwind scale and the downwind scale. 1 From the wind gauge, select Menu > Compass Gauge >

Gauge Type > Close Hauled Gauge. 2 Select an option:

To set the maximum and minimum values that appear when the upwind close-hauled wind gauge appears, select Change Upwind Scale, and set the angles. To set the maximum and minimum values that appear when the downwind close-hauled wind gauge appears, select Change Downwind Scale, and set the angles. To view true or apparent wind, select Wind, and select an option. Viewing Trip Gauges Trip gauges show information for odometer, speed, time, and fuel for your present trip. Select Info > Trip & Graphs > Trip. Resetting Trip Gauges 1 Select Info > Trip & Graphs > Trip. 2 Select an option:

To set all the readings for the present trip to zero, select Reset Trip. To set the maximum speed reading to zero, select Reset Maximum Speed. To set the odometer reading to zero, select Reset Odometer. To set all the readings to zero, select Reset All. Viewing Graphs Before you can view graphs of various environmental changes, such as temperature, depth, and wind, you must have an appropriate transducer or sensor connected to the network. Select Info > Trip & Graphs > Graphs. Setting the Graph Range and Time Scales You can indicate the amount of time and the range of depth that appear in the depth and water temperature graphs. 1 From a graph, select Graph Setup. 2 Select an option:

To set a time-elapsed scale, select Duration. The default setting is 10 minutes. Increasing the time-elapsed scale allows you to view variations over a longer period of time. Decreasing the time-elapsed scale allows you to view more detail over a shorter period of time. To set the graph scale, select Scale. Increasing the scale allows you to view more variation in readings. Decreasing the scale allows you to view more detail in the variation. Tide, Current, and Celestial Information Tide Station Information You can view information about a tide station for a specific date and time, including the tide height, and when the next high and low tides will occur. By default, the chartplotter shows tide information for the most recently viewed tide station and for the present date and time. Select Info > Tides & Currents > Tides. Current Station Information NOTE: Current station information is available with certain detailed maps. You can view information about a current station for a specific date and time, including the current speed and level of the current. By default, the chartplotter shows current information for the most recently viewed current station and for the present date and time. Select Info > Tides & Currents > Currents. Celestial Information You can view information about sunrise, sunset, moonrise, moonset, moon phase, and the approximate sky view location of the sun and moon. The center of the screen represents the sky Tide, Current, and Celestial Information 27 CONFIDENTIAL overhead, and the outermost rings represent the horizon. By default, the chartplotter shows celestial information for the present date and time. Select Info > Tides & Currents > Celestial. Viewing Tide Station, Current Station, or Celestial Information for a Different Date 1 Select Info > Tides & Currents. 2 Select Tides, Currents, or Celestial. 3 Select an option. To view information for a different date, select Change Date > Manual, and enter a date. To view information for today, select Change Date >

Current. If available, to view information for the day after the date shown, select Next Day. If available, to view information for the day before the date shown, select Previous Day. Viewing Information for a Different Tide or Current Station 1 Select Info > Tides & Currents. 2 Select Tides or Currents. 3 Select Nearby Stations. 4 Select a station. Viewing Almanac Information from the Navigation Chart 1 From a chart or 3D chart view, select a location. 2 Select Information. 3 Select Tides, Currents, or Celestial. Warning Manager Viewing Messages 1 Select Info > Warning Manager. 2 Select a message. 3 Select Review. Sorting and Filtering Messages 1 Select Info > Warning Manager > Sort/Filter. 2 Select an option to sort or filter the message list. Saving Messages to a Memory Card 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select Info > Warning Manager > Save to Card. Clearing all of the Messages Select Info > Warning Manager > Clear Warning Manager. Media Player NOTE: The media player feature is not compatible with all chartplotter models. If you have a FUSION-Link capable stereo connected to the NMEA 2000 network, you can control the stereo using the chartplotter. The chartplotter should automatically detect the media player when it is first connected. You can play media from sources connected to the media player and sources connected to the NMEA 2000 network. Your chartplotter and iPod can be connected using a FUSION-Link capable stereo. Opening the Media Player Before you can open the media player, you must connect a compatible device to the chartplotter. Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > Media. Icons NOTE: Not all devices have these icons. Icon Description Saves or deletes a channel as a preset Repeats all songs Repeats one song Searches for stations or skips songs Shuffles Selecting the Media Source When you have multiple media devices connected on a network, such as the NMEA 2000 network, you can select the media source you want to control from your chartplotter. NOTE: You can play media only from sources that are connected to the device. NOTE: Not all features are available on all media sources. 1 From the media screen, select Source. NOTE: The source menu appears only for devices that support multiple media sources. 2 Select a source. Playing Music Browsing for Music 1 From the media screen, select Browse or Menu > Browse. 2 Select Select or select an option. Enabling Alphabetical Search You can enable the alphabetical search feature to find a song or album in a large list. From the media screen, select Menu > Media Menu >

Installation > Alpha Search. Setting a Song to Repeat 1 While playing a song, select Menu > Media Menu > Repeat. 2 If necessary, select Single. Setting All Songs to Repeat From the media screen, select Menu > Media Menu >

Repeat > All. Setting Songs to Shuffle 1 From the media screen, select Menu > Media Menu >

Shuffle. 2 If necessary, select an option. Listening to the Radio Saving a Channel as a Preset You can save up to 15 AM stations and 15 FM stations as presets. 1 From the AM, FM, or VHF page, tune the device to a channel. 2 Select Presets > Add Current Channel. Removing a Channel Preset 1 Tune the device to a channel. 28 Warning Manager CONFIDENTIAL 2 Select Menu > Media Menu > Presets > Remove Current Channel. Changing the Tuning Mode You can change how you select a station for some media types, such as FM or AM radio. NOTE: Not all tuning modes are available for all media sources. 1 From the media screen, select Menu > Media Menu >

Tuning Mode. 2 Select an option. 3 If necessary, select Select. Setting the Tuner Region 1 From the media screen, select Menu > Media Menu >

Installation > Tuner Region. 2 Select an option. Opening the MTP Source Before you can open the MTP source, you must connect your MTP device to a compatible media device. You can access music on your Media Transfer Protocol (MTP) device, such as an Android device. You can also charge your phone or media player while it is connected and playing music. 1 Connect your MTP source through USB, such as the stereo, the external USB plug, or an external dock. 2 From the media screen, select Source > MTP. Adjusting the Volume Enabling and Disabling Zones If you have wired your vessel's speakers into zones, you can enable needed zones and disable unused zones. 1 From the media screen, select Menu > Media Menu > Audio Levels > Enable/Disable Zones. 2 Select a zone. Muting the Media Volume 1 From the media screen, select 2 If necessary, select Select. Scanning VHF Channels Before you can scan VHF channels, you must set the source to VHF. You can monitor VHF channels saved as presets for activity and automatically switch to an active channel. From the VHF media screen, select Scan. Adjusting the VHF Squelch NOTE: Your media player must support VHF radio to use this feature. 1 From the VHF source page, select Menu > Media Menu >

Squelch. 2 Use the slider bar to adjust the VHF squelch. SiriusXM Satellite Radio When you have a FUSION-Link capable stereo and SiriusXM Connect Tuner installed and connected to the chartplotter, you may have access to SiriusXM satellite radio, depending on your subscription. Locating a SiriusXM Radio ID Before you can activate your SiriusXM subscription, you must have the radio ID of your SiriusXM Connect Tuner. You can locate the SiriusXM Radio ID on the back of the SiriusXM Connect Tuner, on the back of its packaging, or by tuning your chartplotter to channel 0. 1 Select Media > Source > SiriusXM. 2 Tune to channel 0. The SiriusXM radio ID does not include the letters I, O, S, or F. Activating a SiriusXM Subscription Before you can activate the SiriusXM subscription, you must have the Radio ID (Locating a SiriusXM Radio ID). 1 With the SiriusXM source selected, tune to channel 1. You should be able to hear the preview channel. If not, check the SiriusXM Connect Tuner and antenna installation and connections, and try again. 2 Tune to channel 0 to locate the Radio ID. 3 Contact SiriusXM listener care by phone at (866) 635-2349 or go to www.siriusxm.com/activatenow to subscribe in the United States. Contact SiriusXM by phone at (877) 438-9677 or go to www.siriusxm.ca/activatexm to subscribe in Canada. 4 Provide the Radio ID. The activation process usually takes 10 to 15 minutes, but can take up to an hour. For the SiriusXM Connect Tuner to receive the activation message, it must be turned on and receiving the SiriusXM signal. 5 If the service is not activated within the hour, go to http://care.siriusxm.com/refresh or contact SiriusXM by phone at 1-855-MYREFRESH (697-3373). Customizing the Channel Guide SiriusXM radio channels are grouped in categories. You can select the categories of channels that appear in the channel guide. NOTE: This feature is available with a GXM 52 antenna. 1 Select Media > Category. 2 Select a category. Saving a SiriusXM Channel to the Presets List You can save your favorite channels to the presets list. 1 Select Media. 2 Select the channel you want to save as a preset. 3 Select Menu > Presets > Add Current Channel. Unlocking SiriusXM Parental Controls 1 From the media screen, select Browse > Parental > Unlock. 2 Enter your passcode. The default passcode is 0000. Setting Parental Controls on SiriusXM Radio Channels Before you can set parental controls, the parental controls must be unlocked. The parental control feature allows you to limit access to any SiriusXM channels, including those with mature content. When enabled, the parental control feature requires you to enter a passcode to tune to the locked channels. Select Browse > Parental > Lock/Unlock. A list of channels appears. A checkmark indicates a locked channel. NOTE: When you view the channels after setting parental controls, the display changes:

indicates a locked channel. indicates an unlocked channel. Changing a Parental Passcode on a SiriusXM Radio Before you can change the passcode, the parental controls must be unlocked. 1 From the media screen, select Browse > Parental > Change PIN. 2 Enter your passcode and select Done. 3 Enter a new passcode. Media Player 29 CONFIDENTIAL 4 Confirm the new passcode. Restoring Default Parental Control Settings Values This process deletes all the settings information you have entered. When you restore the parental control settings to their default values, the passcode value is reset to 0000. 1 From the media menu, select Installation > Factory Defaults. 2 Select Yes. Clearing All Locked Channels on a SiriusXM Radio Before you can clear all locked channels, the parental controls must be unlocked. 1 From the media screen, select Browse > Parental > Clear All Locked. 2 Enter your passcode. Setting the Device Name 1 From the media screen, select Menu > Media Menu >

Installation > Set Device Name. 2 Enter a device name. 3 Select Select or Done. SiriusXM Weather WARNING The weather information provided through this product is subject to service interruptions and may contain errors, inaccuracies, or outdated information, and consequently should not be relied upon exclusively. Always use common sense while navigating, and check alternate weather information sources prior to making safety-related decisions. You acknowledge and agree that you shall be solely responsible for use of the weather information and all decisions taken with respect to navigating in weather. Garmin will not be responsible for any consequences of using SiriusXM weather information. NOTE: SiriusXM data is not available in all regions. A Garmin SiriusXM satellite weather receiver and antenna receives satellite weather data and shows it on various Garmin devices, including the Navigation chart on a compatible chartplotter. The weather data for each feature comes from reputable weather data centers such as the National Weather Service and the Hydrometeorological Prediction Center. For more information, go to www.siriusxm.com/sxmmarine. SiriusXM Equipment and Subscription Requirements To use satellite weather, you must have a compatible satellite weather receiver. To use SiriusXM satellite radio, you must have a compatible satellite radio receiver. Go to www.garmin.com for more information. You must also have a valid subscription to receive satellite weather and radio. For more information, refer to the instructions for your satellite weather and radio equipment. Weather Data Broadcasts Weather data is broadcast at different intervals for each weather feature. For example, radar is broadcast at five-minute intervals. When the Garmin receiver is turned on, or when a different weather feature is selected, the receiver must receive new data before it can be shown. You might experience a delay before weather data or a different feature appears on the chart. NOTE: Any weather feature can change in appearance if the source that provides the information changes. Changing the Weather Chart 1 From a combination screen or SmartMode layout with a weather chart, select Menu > Weather Menu > Change Weather. 2 Select a weather chart. Viewing Precipitation Information Precipitation ranging from very light rain and snow, up to strong thunderstorms, is indicated in varying shades and colors. Precipitation is shown either independently or with other weather information. Select Charts > Precipitation. The time stamp in the upper-left corner of the screen indicates the elapsed time since the weather data provider last updated the information. Precipitation Views From the precipitation weather chart, select Menu > Weather Menu. Radar Loop: Shows precipitation information as an image of the latest update or as an animated loop of the latest updates. The time stamp indicates the elapsed time since the service provider generated the weather radar frame currently displayed on the screen. on the weather precipitation Cloud Cover: Shows cloud cover data. Waypoints: Shows waypoints. Legend: Shows the weather legend. Storm Cell and Lightning Information Storm cell are represented by chart. They indicate both the present position of a storm and the projected path of that storm in the immediate future. Red cones appear with a storm cell icon, and the widest part of each cone points in the direction of the projected path of the storm cell. The red lines in each cone indicate where the storm will most likely be in the near future. Each line represents 15 minutes. Lightning strikes are represented by

. Lightning appears on the weather precipitation chart if strikes were detected within the last seven minutes. The ground-based lightning detection network detects cloud-to-ground lightning only. NOTE: This feature is not available on all devices and in all subscriptions. Hurricane Information The weather Precipitation chart can show the present position of a hurricane line stemming from a hurricane icon indicates the projected path of the hurricane. Darkened dots on the red line indicate the projected locations through which the hurricane will pass, as received from the weather data provider. Weather Warnings and Weather Bulletins When a marine weather warning, weather watch, weather advisory, weather bulletin, or other weather statement is issued, shading indicates the area to which the information applies. The aqua lines on the chart indicate the boundaries of marine forecasts, coastal forecasts, and offshore forecasts. Weather bulletins may consist of either weather watches or weather advisories. To view information about the warning or bulletin, select the shaded area. Color Cyan Blue Marine Weather Group Flash Flood Flood

, a tropical storm, or a tropical depression. A red 30 SiriusXM Weather CONFIDENTIAL Color Red Yellow Red Marine Weather Group Marine Severe Storm Tornado Forecast Information The Forecast chart shows city forecasts, marine forecasts, warnings, hurricane warnings, METARS, county warnings, weather fronts and pressure centers, surface pressure, and weather buoys. Viewing Forecast Information for Another Time Period 1 Select Charts > Forecast. 2 Select an option:

To view the weather forecast for the next 48 hours, in 12-

hour increments, select Next Forecast multiple times. To view the weather forecast for the previous 48 hours, in 12-hour increments, select Previous Forecast multiple times. Weather Fronts and Pressure Centers Weather fronts appear as lines that indicate the leading edge of an air mass. Front Symbol Description Cold front Warm front Stationary front Occluded front Trough Pressure-center symbols often appear near weather fronts. Pressure-

Center Symbol Description Indicates a low-pressure center, which is a region of relatively lower pressure. Moving away from a low-

pressure center results in increased pressure. Winds flow counterclockwise around low-pressure centers in the northern hemisphere. Indicates a high-pressure center, which is a region of relatively higher pressure. Moving away from a high-

pressure center results in decreased pressure. Winds flow clockwise around high-pressure centers in the northern hemisphere. Viewing a Marine Forecast or an Offshore Forecast 1 Select Charts > Forecast. 2 Pan the chart to an offshore location. The Marine Forecast or Offshore Forecast options appear when forecast information is available. 3 Select Marine Forecast or Offshore Forecast. City Forecasts City forecasts appear as weather symbols. The forecast is viewed in 12-hour increments. Symbol Weather Symbol Weather Partly cloudy Fair (sunny, hot, clear) Cloudy Windy Rain (drizzle, sleet, showers) Foggy Symbol Weather Symbol Weather Thunderstorms Smoke (dusty, hazy) Snow (snow showers, flurries, blizzard, blowing snow, sleet, freezing rain, freezing drizzle) Viewing Sea Conditions The Sea Conditions feature shows information about surface conditions, including winds, wave height, wave period, and wave direction. Select Charts > Sea Conditions. Surface Winds Surface wind vectors appear on the Sea Conditions chart using wind barbs that indicate the direction from which the wind is blowing. A wind barb is a circle with a tail. The line or flag attached to the tail of the wind barb indicates the wind speed. A short line represents 5 knots, a long line represents 10 knots, and triangle represents 50 knots. Wind Barb Wind Barb Wind Speed Calm Wind Speed 20 knots 5 knots 10 knots 15 knots 50 knots 65 knots Wave Height, Wave Period, and Wave Direction Wave heights for an area appear as variations in color. Different colors indicate different wave heights, as shown in the legend. The wave period indicates the time (in seconds) between successive waves. Wave period lines indicate areas that have the same wave period. Wave directions appear on the chart using red arrows. The direction of each arrow pointer indicates the direction in which a wave is moving. Viewing Forecast Sea Conditions Information for Another Time Period 1 Select Charts > Sea Conditions. 2 Select an option:

To view forecasted sea conditions for the next 36 hours, in 12-hour increments, select Next Forecast multiple times. To view the forecasted sea conditions for the previous 36 hours, in 12-hour increments, select Previous Forecast multiple times. Viewing Fishing Information The weather Fishing chart shows present water temperature, present surface pressure conditions, and fishing forecasts. Select Charts > Fishing. Surface Pressure and Water Temperature Data Surface-pressure information appears as pressure isobars and pressure centers. Isobars connect points of equal pressure. Pressure readings can help to determine weather and wind conditions. High-pressure areas are generally associated with fair weather. Low-pressure areas are generally associated with clouds and the chance of precipitation. Isobars packed closely together show a strong pressure gradient. Strong pressure gradients are associated with areas of stronger winds. Pressure units are shown in millibars (mb), inches of Mercury

(inHg), or hectopascals (hPa). Colored shading indicates the surface temperature of the water, as shown in the legend in the corner of the display. SiriusXM Weather 31 CONFIDENTIAL Forecasting Fish Locations You can show areas that contain optimal weather conditions for specific species of fish. NOTE: This feature is not available on all devices and in all subscriptions. 1 From the weather Fishing chart, select Menu > Weather Menu > Fish Species. 2 Select a species of fish. 3 Select On. 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to show areas with optimal weather conditions for additional species of fish. Shaded areas indicate optimal fishing areas. If you have selected more than one species of fish, you can select a shaded area to view the fish species that are included in the shaded area. Changing the Sea Surface Temperature Color Range You can change the color range dynamically to view higher resolution sea surface temperature readings. 1 From the weather Fishing chart, select Menu > Weather Menu > Sea Temperature. 2 Select an option:

To allow the chartplotter to adjust the temperature range automatically, select Auto Configure. The chartplotter automatically finds the lower and upper limits for the current screen, and updates the temperature-

color scale. To enter the lower and upper limits for the temperature range, select Lower Limit or Upper Limit, and enter the lower or upper limit. Visibility Information Visibility is the forecast maximum horizontal distance that can be seen at the surface, as shown in the legend on the left of the screen. Variations in the visibility shading show the forecast change in surface visibility. NOTE: This feature is not available on all devices and in all subscriptions. Select Charts > Visibility. Viewing Forecast Visibility Information for Another Time Period 1 Select Charts > Visibility. 2 Select an option:

To view the visibility forecast for the next 36 hours, in 12-

hour increments, select Next Forecast multiple times. To view the visibility forecast for the previous 36 hours, in 12-hour increments, select Previous Forecast multiple times. Viewing Buoy Reports Report readings are taken from buoys and coastal observation stations. These readings are used to determine air temperature, dew point, water temperature, tide, wave height and period, wind direction and speed, visibility, and barometric pressure. 1 From a weather chart, select 2 Select Buoy. Viewing Local Weather Information near a Buoy You can select an area near a buoy to view forecast information. 1 From a weather chart, select a location on the chart. 2 Select Local Weather. 3 Select an option:

. To view present weather conditions from a local weather service, select Current Cond.. 32 To view a local weather forecast, select Forecast. To view surface wind and barometric pressure information, select Sea Surface. To view wind and wave information, select Marine Bulletin. Creating a Waypoint on a Weather Chart 1 From a weather chart, select a location. 2 Select Create Waypoint. Weather Overlay The weather overlay superimposes weather and weather-related information on the Navigation chart, the Fishing chart, and the Perspective 3D chart view. The Navigation chart and the Fishing chart can show weather radar, height of cloud tops, lightning, weather buoys, county warnings, and hurricane warnings. The Perspective 3D chart view can show weather radar. Weather overlay settings configured for use on one chart are not applied to another chart. The weather overlay settings for each chart must be configured separately. NOTE: The offshore Fishing chart is available with premium charts, in some areas. Turning On the Weather Overlay on a Chart From the Navigation chart or Fishing chart, select Menu >

Chart Setup > Weather > Weather > On. Weather Overlay Settings on the Navigation Chart From the Navigation chart, select Menu > Chart Setup >

Weather. Weather: Turns on and off the weather overlay. Precipitation: Shows precipitation data. Cloud Cover: Shows cloud cover data. Visibility: Shows visibility data. Buoys: Shows weather buoys. Legend: Shows the weather legend. Weather Overlay Settings on the Fishing Chart NOTE: Available settings depend on the receiver connected to your device. From the Fishing chart, select Menu > Chart Setup > Weather. Precipitation: Shows precipitation radar. Fish Species: Shows locations of a specific species of fish. Sea Temperature: Shows sea temperature data. Buoys: Shows weather buoys. Legend: Shows the weather legend. Viewing Weather Subscription Information You can view information about the weather services you have subscribed to and how many minutes have passed since the data for each service was updated. From a weather chart, select Menu > Weather Subscription. Viewing Video Before you can view video, you must connect to a compatible source. Compatible devices include video devices connected to the ports on the chartplotter, as well as supported network (IP-

based) video cameras, encoders, and thermal cameras. Select A/V, Gauges, Controls > Video. Viewing Video CONFIDENTIAL Selecting a Video Source 1 From the video screen, select Menu > Source. 2 Select the source of the video feed. Alternating Among Multiple Video Sources If you have two or more video sources, you can alternate between them using a specific time interval. 1 From the video screen, select Menu > Source > Alternate. 2 Select Time, and select the amount of time each video appears. 3 Select Source, and select the video sources to add to the alternating sequence. Networked Video Devices NOTICE A Garmin Power over Ethernet (PoE) Isolation Coupler (P/N 010-10580-10) must be used when connecting a PoE device, such as a FLIR camera, to a Garmin Marine Network. Connecting a PoE device directly to a Garmin Marine Network chartplotter damages the Garmin chartplotter and may damage the PoE device. Before you can view and control video devices such as IP cameras, encoders, and thermal cameras using your chartplotter, you must have a compatible video device connected to your chartplotter, and you must have a marine network cable Power over Ethernet (PoE) isolation coupler. Go to www.garmin.com for a list of compatible devices or to purchase a PoE Isolation Coupler. You can connect multiple supported video cameras and up to two video encoders to the Garmin Marine Network. You can select and view up to four video sources at once. Chartplotters with multiple composite built-in video inputs can display a single built-in video input only. When the cameras are connected, the network detects them automatically and displays them in the source list. Using Video Presets on Networked Video Cameras You can save, name, and activate video presents for each networked video source. Saving Video Presets on a Networked Video Camera 1 From a video screen, touch the screen. The video controls appear on the screen. 2 Hold a video preset button. A green light indicates the setting is stored. Naming Video Presets on a Networked Video Camera 1 From a video screen, select Menu > Video Setup > Presets. 2 Select a preset. 3 Select Rename. 4 Enter preset name. Activating Video Presets on a Networked Video Camera You can quickly return networked cameras to preset values. 1 From a video screen, touch the screen. The video controls appear on the screen. 2 Select a video preset. The camera restores the video settings saved for that preset. TIP: You can also save and activate presets using the video menu. Camera Settings Some cameras provide additional options to control the camera view. NOTE: Not all options are available on all camera models and chartplotter models. Refer to the camera manual for a list of available features. You may need to update the camera software to use this feature. From the infrared video screen, select Menu. IR/Visible: Displays an infrared or visible camera image. Scan: Surveys the surrounding area. Freeze: Pauses the camera image. Change Colors: Selects the color scheme of the infrared image. Change Scene: Selects the infrared image mode, such as day, night, MOB, or docking. Video Setup: Opens more video options. Video Settings Some cameras provide additional setup options. NOTE: Not all options are available on all camera models and chartplotter models. You may need to update the camera software to use this feature. From the video screen, select Menu > Video Setup. Set Input: Associates the camera with a video source. Mirror: Reverses the image like a rearview mirror. Standby: Places the camera in standby mode to conserve power and protect the lens when not in use. Home Position: Sets the home position of the camera. Scan Speed: Sets how quickly the camera moves during a scan. Scan Width: Sets the width of the image captured by the camera during a scan. Name: Allows you to enter a new name for this camera. FLIR Menu: Provides access to the settings for the camera. Associating the Camera to a Video Source You may need to associate the camera with a video source. 1 From the video screen, select Menu > Video Menu >

Source. 2 Select the camera. 3 Select Video Setup > Set Input. 4 Select the video input. Video Camera Movement Control NOTICE Do not aim the camera at the sun or extremely bright objects. Damage to the lens may occur. Always use the chartplotter controls or buttons to pan and tilt the camera. Do not manually move the camera unit. Manually moving the camera may damage the camera. NOTE: This feature is available only when a compatible camera is connected. You may need to update the camera software to use this feature. You can control the movements of the connected video cameras that support panning, tilting, and zooming. Controlling Video Cameras Using On-Screen Controls On-screen controls allow you to control pan-tilt-zoom (PTZ) cameras. Refer to the camera manual for a list of available features. 1 From a video screen, touch the screen. The video controls appear on the screen. 2 Select an option:

To zoom in and out, use the zoom button. To pan or tilt the camera, use the compass rose. TIP: Hold in the compass rose to continue to move the camera in the desired direction. Viewing Video 33 CONFIDENTIAL Controlling a Video Camera Using Gestures When a networked video camera supports gesture responses, you can control pan-tilt-zoom cameras using gestures directly on the chartplotter screen. Check your camera user manual for a list of available features. TIP: Using gestures allows video control without displaying the video controls. 1 From a video screen, touch the screen. 2 Select an option:

To zoom in and out with the camera, use pinch and zoom gestures. To pan or tilt the camera, swipe the screen in the desired direction. Creating a Combination with Video Functions You can include up to four video functions in a custom combination screen. If your device has multiple built-in video connections, you can use one built-in source for one function within each combination. NOTE: The video source displays all connected, supported video devices. You can select Show All to see a list of all possible video inputs or video encoder channels that are not connected to a video input source. 1 Select Combos > Menu > Add Combo. 2 Select Functions, and select a number. 3 Select an area to assign a function to, select Video, and select a video source. 4 Repeat step 3 for all video functions in the combination screen. 5 If necessary, customize the combination screen (Adding a Custom Combination Screen). Configuring the Video Appearance NOTE: Not all options are available on all camera models and chartplotter models. 1 From the video screen, select Menu > Video Setup. 2 Select an option:

To show the video using a stretched aspect ratio, select Aspect > Stretch. The video cannot be stretched beyond the dimensions provided by the connected video device, and it may not fill the entire screen. To show the video using a standard aspect ratio, select Aspect > Standard. To adjust the brightness, select Brightness, and select Up, Down, or Auto. To adjust the color saturation, select Saturation, and select Up, Down, or Auto. To adjust the contrast, select Contrast, and select Up, Down, or Auto. To allow the chartplotter to automatically select the source format, select Standard > Auto. Configuring the PC Display Before you can configure the PC display mode, you must set the video source to analog or digital PC. 1 When in PC display mode, select anywhere on the screen. 2 Select an option:

To adjust the screen brightness, select the brightness arrows. To adjust the screen contrast, select the contrast arrows. Exiting PC Display Mode 1 When in PC display mode, select anywhere on the screen. 2 Select the display mode icon in the upper-left corner. The video source changes to Video 1. Device Configuration Turning On the Chartplotter Automatically You can set the chartplotter to turn on automatically when the power is applied. Otherwise, you must turn on the chartplotter by pressing

. Select Settings > System > Auto Power Up. NOTE: When Auto Power Up is On, and the chartplotter is turned off using within less than two minutes, you may need to press restart the chartplotter.

, and power is removed and reapplied to System Settings Select Settings > System. Simulator: Turns the simulator on or off and allows you to set the time, date, speed, and simulated location. Beeper and Display: Adjusts the display and sound settings. GPS: Provides information about the GPS satellites and settings. System Information: Provides information about the devices on the network and the software version. Station Information: Adjusts the setup of the station. Auto Power Up: Turns the device on automatically when power is applied. Station Settings Select Settings > System > Station Information. Change Station: Sets the entire station to a new set of defaults based on the location of this station. You can also select to use this display as a stand-alone, individual display, instead of grouping it with other displays to make a station. GRID Pairing: Allows you to pair a GRID remote input device with this station. Display Order: Sets the order of the displays, which is important when using a GRID remote input device. Reset Stations: Restores the factory default layouts for all displays in the station. Viewing System Software Information You can view the software version, the basemap version, any supplemental map information (if applicable), the software version for an optional Garmin radar (if applicable), and the unit ID number. You may need this information to update the system software or to purchase additional map data information. Select Settings > System > System Information. Viewing the Event Log The event log shows a list of system events. Select Settings > System > System Information > Event Log. Preferences Settings Select Settings > Preferences. Units: Sets units of measure. Language: Sets the on-screen text language. Navigation: Sets navigation preferences. Keyboard Layout: Arranges the keys on the on-screen keyboard. 34 Device Configuration CONFIDENTIAL Screenshot Capture: Allows the device to save images of the screen. User Data Sharing: Allows you to share waypoints and routes over the Garmin Marine Network. All chartplotters that share waypoints and routes must have this setting turned on. Menu Bar Display: Shows or automatically hides the menu bar when it is not needed. Units Settings Select Settings > Preferences > Units. System Units: Sets the unit format for the device. Variance: Sets the magnetic declination, the angle between magnetic north and true north, for your present location. North Reference: Sets the direction references used in calculating heading information. True sets geographic north as the north reference. Grid sets grid north as the north reference (000). Magnetic sets the magnetic north as the north reference. Position Format: Sets the position format in which a given location reading appears. Do not change this setting unless you are using a map or chart that specifies a different position format. Map Datum: Sets the coordinate system on which the map is structured. Do not change this setting unless you are using a map or chart that specifies a different map datum. Time: Sets the time format, time zone, and daylight saving time. Navigation Settings NOTE: Some settings and options require additional charts or hardware. Select Settings > Preferences > Navigation. Route Labels: Sets the type of labels shown with route turns on the map. Turn Transition: Adjusts how the chartplotter transitions to the next turn or leg or the route. You can set the transition to be based on time or distance before the turn. You can increase the time or distance value to help improve the accuracy of the autopilot when navigating a route or an Auto Guidance line with many frequent turns or at higher speeds. For straighter routes or slower speeds, lowering this value can improve autopilot accuracy. Auto Guidance: Sets the measurements for the Safe Depth, Safe Height, and Shoreline Distance, when you are using some premium maps. Route Start: Selects a starting point for route navigation. Auto Guidance Line Configurations CAUTION The Safe Depth and Safe Height settings influence how the chartplotter calculates an Auto Guidance line. If an area has an unknown water depth or an unknown obstacle height, the Auto Guidance line is not calculated in that area. If an area at the beginning or the end of an Auto Guidance line is shallower than the safe water depth or lower than the safe obstacle height, the Auto Guidance line is not calculated in that area. On the chart, the course through those areas appears as a gray line. When your boat enters one of those areas, a warning message appears. NOTE: Auto Guidance is available with premium charts, in some areas. You can set the parameters the chartplotter uses when calculating an Auto Guidance line. Safe Depth: Sets the minimum depth (chart depth datum) the chartplotter uses when calculating an Auto Guidance line. NOTE: The minimum safe depth for the premium charts is 3 feet. If you enter a Safe Depth value of less than 3 feet, the charts only use depths of 3 feet for Auto Guidance route calculations. Safe Height: Sets the minimum height (chart height datum) of a bridge that your boat can safely travel under. Shoreline Distance: Sets how close to the shore you want the Auto Guidance line to be placed. The Auto Guidance line may move if you change this setting while navigating. The available values for this setting are relative, not absolute. To ensure that the Auto Guidance line is placed the appropriate distance from shore, you can assess the placement of the Auto Guidance line using one or more familiar destinations that require navigation through a narrow waterway (Adjusting the Distance from Shore). Adjusting the Distance from Shore The Shoreline Distance setting indicates how close to the shore you want the Auto Guidance line to be placed. The Auto Guidance line may move if you change this setting while navigating. The available values for the Shoreline Distance setting are relative, not absolute. To ensure the Auto Guidance line is placed the appropriate distance from shore, you can assess the placement of the Auto Guidance line using one or more familiar destinations that require navigation through a narrow waterway. 1 Dock your vessel or drop the anchor. 2 Select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline Distance > Normal. 3 Select a destination that you have navigated to previously. 4 Select Navigate To > Auto Guidance. 5 Review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. 6 Select an option:

If the placement of the Auto Guidance line is satisfactory, select Menu > Navigation Options > Stop Navigation, and proceed to step 10. If the Auto Guidance line is too close to known obstacles, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline Distance > Far. If the turns in the Auto Guidance line are too wide, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance

> Shoreline Distance > Near. 7 If you selected Near or Far in step 6, review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. Auto Guidance maintains a wide clearance from obstacles in open water, even if you set the Shoreline Distance setting to Near or Nearest. As a result, the chartplotter may not reposition the Auto Guidance line, unless the destination selected requires navigation through a narrow waterway. 8 Select an option:

If the placement of the Auto Guidance line is satisfactory, select Menu > Navigation Options > Stop Navigation, and proceed to step 10. If the Auto Guidance line is too close to known obstacles, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance > Shoreline Distance > Farthest. If the turns in the Auto Guidance line are too wide, select Settings > Preferences > Navigation > Auto Guidance

> Shoreline Distance > Nearest. 9 If you selected Nearest or Farthest in step 8, review the placement of the Auto Guidance line, and determine whether the line safely avoids known obstacles and the turns enable efficient travel. Auto Guidance maintains a wide clearance from obstacles in open water, even if you set the Shoreline Distance setting to Device Configuration 35 CONFIDENTIAL Near or Nearest. As a result, the chartplotter may not reposition the Auto Guidance line, unless the destination selected requires navigation through a narrow waterway. 10Repeat steps 3 through 9 at least once more, using a different destination each time, until you are familiar with the functionality of the Shoreline Distance setting. Communications Settings NMEA 0183 Settings Select Settings > Communications > NMEA 0183 Setup. Port Types: See Setting the Communication Format for Each NMEA 0183 Port. Output Sentences: See Configuring NMEA 0183 Output Sentences. Position Precision: Adjusts the number of digits to the right of the decimal point for transmission of NMEA output. XTE Precision: Adjusts the number of digits to the right of the decimal point for NMEA crosstalk error output. Waypoint IDs: Sets the device to transmit waypoint names or numbers via NMEA 0183 while navigating. Using numbers may resolve compatibility issues with older NMEA 0183 autopilots. Defaults: Restores the NMEA 0183 settings to the original factory defaults. Diagnostics: Displays NMEA 0183 diagnostic information. Configuring NMEA 0183 Output Sentences You can enable and disable NMEA 0183 output sentences. 1 Select Settings > Communications > NMEA 0183 Setup >

Output Sentences. 2 Select an option. 3 Select one or more NMEA 0183 output sentences, and select 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to enable or disable additional output Back. sentences. Setting the Communication Format for Each NMEA 0183 Port You can configure the communication format for each internal NMEA 0183 port when connecting your chartplotter to external NMEA 0183 devices, a computer, or other Garmin devices. 1 Select Settings > Communications > NMEA 0183 Setup >

Port Types. 2 Select an input or output port. 3 Select a format:

To support the input or output of standard NMEA 0183 data, DSC, and sonar NMEA input support for the DPT, MTW, and VHW sentences, select NMEA Std.. To support the input or output of standard NMEA 0183 data for most AIS receivers, select NMEA High Speed. To support the input or output of Garmin proprietary data for interfacing with Garmin software, select Garmin. 4 Repeat steps 23 to configure additional input or output ports. NMEA 2000 Settings Select Settings > Communications > NMEA 2000 Setup. Device List: Displays the devices connected to the network. Label Devices: Changes the labels for available connected devices. Garmin Marine Network The Garmin Marine Network allows you to share data from Garmin peripheral devices with the chartplotters quickly and easily. You can connect a chartplotter to a Garmin Marine Network to receive data from and share data with other Garmin Marine Network-compatible devices and chartplotters. Setting Alarms Navigation Alarms Select Settings > Alarms > Navigation. Arrival: Sets an alarm to sound when you are within a specified distance or time from a turn or a destination. Anchor Drag: Sets an alarm to sound when you exceed a specified drift distance while anchored. Off Course: Sets an alarm to sound when you are off course by a specified distance. System Alarms Alarm Clock: Sets an alarm clock. Unit Voltage: Sets an alarm to sound when the battery reaches a specified low voltage. GPS Accuracy: Sets an alarm to sound when the GPS location accuracy falls outside the user-defined value. Setting the Fuel Alarm Before you can set a fuel level alarm, a compatible fuel flow sensor must be connected to the NMEA 2000 network. You can set an alarm to sound when the total amount of remaining onboard fuel reaches the level you specify. 1 Select Settings > Alarms > Fuel > Fuel Level Alarm > On. 2 Enter the remaining amount of fuel that triggers the alarm. Setting Weather Alarms Before you can set weather alarms, you must have a compatible chartplotter connected to a weather device, such as a GXM device, and have a valid weather subscription. 1 Select Settings > Alarms > Weather. 2 Turn on alarms for specific weather events. My Vessel Settings NOTE: Some settings and options require additional charts or hardware. Select Settings > My Vessel. Keel Offset: Offsets the surface reading for the depth of a keel, making it possible to measure depth from the bottom of the keel instead of from the transducer location (Setting the Keel Offset). Temperature Offset: Compensates for the water temperature reading from a NMEA 0183 water-temperature sensor or a temperature-capable transducer (Setting the Water Temperature Offset). Calibrate Water Speed: Calibrates the speed-sensing transducer or sensor (Calibrating a Water Speed Device). Fuel Capacity: Sets the combined fuel capacity of all the fuel tanks on your vessel (Setting the Fuel Capacity of the Vessel). Vessel Type: Enables some chartplotter features based on the boat type. Setting the Keel Offset You can enter a keel offset to compensate the surface reading for the depth of a keel, making it possible to measure depth from the bottom of the keel instead of from the transducer location. Enter a positive number to offset for a keel. You can enter a negative number to compensate for a large vessel that may draw several feet of water. 1 Complete an action, based on the location of the transducer:

If the transducer is installed at the water line , measure the distance from the transducer location to the keel of the 36 Device Configuration CONFIDENTIAL boat. Enter this value in steps 3 and 4 as a positive number. If the transducer is installed at the bottom of the keel , measure the distance from the transducer to the water line. Enter this value in steps 3 and 4 as a negative number. or based on the location of the transducer. 2 Select Settings > My Vessel > Keel Offset. 3 Select 4 Enter the distance measured in step 1. Setting the Water Temperature Offset Before you can set the water temperature offset, you must have a NMEA 0183 water-temperature sensor or a temperature-

capable transducer to measure water temperature. The temperature offset compensates for the temperature reading from a temperature sensor. 1 Measure the water temperature using the temperature sensor or temperature-capable transducer that is connected to the chartplotter. 2 Measure the water temperature using a different temperature sensor or a thermometer that is known to be accurate. 3 Subtract the water temperature measured in step 1 from the water temperature measured in step 2. This is the temperature offset. Enter this value in step 5 as a positive number if the sensor connected to the chartplotter measures the water temperature as being colder than it actually is. Enter this value in step 5 as a negative number if the sensor connected to the chartplotter measures the water temperature as being warmer than it actually is. 4 Select Settings > My Vessel > Temperature Offset. 5 Enter the temperature offset calculated in step 3. Calibrating a Water Speed Device If you have a speed-sensing transducer connected to the chartplotter, you can calibrate that speed-sensing device to improve the accuracy of water-speed data displayed by the chartplotter. 1 Select Settings > My Vessel > Calibrate Water Speed. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions. If the boat is not moving fast enough or the speed sensor is not registering a speed, a message appears. 3 Select OK, and safely increase the boat speed. 4 If the message appears again, stop the boat, and ensure the speed-sensor wheel is not stuck. 5 If the wheel turns freely, check the cable connections. 6 If you continue to get the message, contact Garmin product support. Setting the Vessel Type You can select your boat type to configure the chartplotter settings and to use features customized for your boat type. 1 Select Settings > My Vessel > Vessel Type. 2 Select Powerboat or Sailboat. Other Vessels Settings When your compatible chartplotter is connected to an AIS device or VHF radio, you can set up how other vessels are displayed on the chartplotter. Select Settings > Other Vessels. AIS: Enables and disables AIS signal reception. DSC: Enables and disables digital selective calling (DSC). Collision Alarm: Sets the collision alarm (Setting the Safe-Zone Collision Alarm). AIS-EPIRB Test: Enables test signals from Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacons (EPRIB). AIS-MOB Test: Enables test signals from man overboard (MOB) devices. AIS-SART Test: Enables test transmissions from Search and Rescue Transponders (SART). Restoring the Original Chartplotter Factory Settings NOTE: This will delete all settings information you have entered. Select Settings > System > System Information > Factory Settings > Reset. Communication with Wireless Devices The chartplotters can create a wireless network to which you can connect wireless devices. Connecting wireless devices allows you to use Garmin apps, including BlueChart Mobile and Garmin Helm. See www.garmin.com for more information. Setting Up the WiFi Wireless Network The chartplotters can create a WiFi network to which you can connect wireless devices. The first time you access the wireless network settings, you are prompted to set up the network. 1 Select Settings > Communications > Wi-Fi Network >

Wi-Fi > On > OK. 2 If necessary, enter a name for this wireless network. 3 Enter a password. You will need this password to access the wireless network from a wireless device. The password is case-sensitive. Connecting a Wireless Device to the Chartplotter Before you can connect a wireless device to the chartplotter wireless network, you must configure the chartplotter wireless network (Setting Up the WiFi Wireless Network). You can connect multiple wireless devices to the chartplotter to share data. 1 From the wireless device, turn on the WiFi technology and 2 Select the name of your chartplotter wireless network (Setting search for wireless networks. Up the WiFi Wireless Network). 3 Enter the network password. Communication with Wireless Devices 37 CONFIDENTIAL Changing the Wireless Channel You can change the wireless channel if you have trouble finding or connecting to a device, or if you experience interference. 1 Select Settings > Communications > Wi-Fi Network >

Advanced > Channel. 2 Enter a new channel. You do not need to change the wireless channel of devices connected to this network. Changing the WiFi Host You can change which chartplotter is serving as the WiFi host. The can be helpful if you are having trouble with WiFi communications. Changing the WiFi host allows you to select a chartplotter that is physically closer to your mobile device. 1 Select Settings > Communications > Wi-Fi Network >

Advanced > Wi-Fi Host. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions. Wireless Remote Control Pairing the Wireless Remote Control With the Chartplotter Before you can use the wireless remote control with a chartplotter, you must pair the remote with the chartplotter. You can connect a single remote to multiple plotters, and then press the pairing key to switch between the chartlotters. 1 Select Settings > Communications > Wireless Devices >

Wireless Remote. 2 Select New Connection. 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. Turning On and Off the Remote Backlight Turning off the remote backlight can significantly increase the battery life. 1 On the chartplotter, select Settings > Communications >

Wireless Devices > Wireless Remote > Backlight. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions. Disconnecting the Remote from All Chartplotters 1 On the chartplotter, select Settings > Communications >

Wireless Devices > Wireless Remote > Disconnect All. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions. Using the Garmin Helm Application with the Chartplotter Before you can control the chartplotter with the Garmin Helm application, you must download and install the application, and connect the chartplotter to a WiFi router. 1 Select Settings > Communications > Wireless Devices >

Helm App. 2 Select an option. 3 Use the application to view or control the chartplotter. Chartplotter Data Management Copying Waypoints, Routes, and Tracks from HomePort to a Chartplotter Before you can copy data to the chartplotter, you must have the latest version of the HomePort software program loaded on your computer and a memory card installed in the chartplotter. Copy the data from HomePort to the prepared memory card. For more information, see the HomePort help file. Selecting a File Type for Third-Party Waypoints and Routes You can import and export waypoints and routes from third-party devices. 1 Select Info > User Data > Data Transfer > File Type. 2 Select GPX. To transfer data with Garmin devices again, select the ADM file type. Copying Data from a Memory Card 1 Insert a memory card into a card slot. 2 Select Info > User Data > Data Transfer. 3 If necessary, select the memory card to copy data to. 4 Select an option:

To transfer data from the memory card to the chartplotter and combine it with existing user data, select Merge from Card. To transfer data from the memory card to the chartplotter and overwrite existing user data, select Replace from Card. 5 Select the file name. Copying Waypoints, Routes, and Tracks to a Memory Card 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select Info > User Data > Data Transfer > Save to Card. 3 If necessary, select the memory card to copy data to. 4 Select an option:

To create a new file, select Add New File, and enter a name. To add the information to an existing file, select the file from the list. Copying Waypoints, Routes, and Tracks to or from all Chartplotters on the Network You can transfer information for waypoints, routes, and tracks from one chartplotter connected to the Garmin Marine Network to every other chartplotter connected to the network. The transfer may take a long time, depending on the number of waypoints being transferred. 1 Select Info > User Data > Data Transfer > Network. 2 Select an option:

To transfer data from the chartplotter to the other chartplotters connected to the network, select Clone User Data. Existing data is overwritten on those chartplotters. To transfer data between all the chartplotters connected to the network, select Merge User Data. Unique data is combined with existing data on every chartplotter. Copying Built-In Maps to a Memory Card You can copy maps from the chartplotter to a memory card for use with HomePort. 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select Info > User Data > Data Transfer. 3 Select Copy Built-In Map. Backing Up Data to a Computer 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select Info > User Data > Data Transfer > Save to Card. 3 Select a file name from the list, or select Add New File. 4 Select Save to Card. 38 Chartplotter Data Management CONFIDENTIAL 5 Remove the memory card, and insert it into a card reader attached to a computer. 6 Open the Garmin\UserData folder on the memory card. 7 Copy the backup file on the card and paste it to any location on the computer. Restoring Backup Data to a Chartplotter 1 Insert a memory card into a card reader that is attached to the computer. 2 Copy a backup file from the computer to the memory card, into a folder named Garmin\UserData. 3 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 4 Select Info > User Data > Data Transfer > Replace from Card. Saving System Information to a Memory Card You can save system information to a memory card as a troubleshooting tool. A product support representative may ask you to use this information to retrieve data about the network. 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select Settings > System > System Information > Garmin Devices > Save to Card. 3 If necessary, select the memory card to save system information to. 4 Remove the memory card. Appendix Registering Your Device Help us better support you by completing our online registration today. Go to http://my.garmin.com. Keep the original sales receipt, or a photocopy, in a safe place. Digital Switching Your chartplotter can be used to monitor or control circuits when a compatible system is connected. For example, you can control the interior lights and navigation lights on the vessel. You can also monitor live well circuits. To access the digital switching controls, select Info > Circuit Control. For more information about purchasing and configuring a digital switching system, contact your Garmin dealer. Rotating the GRID Joystick For certain installation situations, you can rotate the orientation of the GRID joystick. 1 Select Settings > Communications > Marine Network. 2 Select the GRID device. Cleaning the Screen NOTICE Cleaners containing ammonia will harm the anti-reflective coating. The device is coated with a special anti-reflective coating which is very sensitive to skin oils, waxes, and abrasive cleaners. 1 Apply an eyeglass lens cleaner specified as safe for anti-

reflective coatings to the cloth. 2 Gently wipe the screen with a soft, clean, lint-free cloth. Screenshots You can capture a screenshot of any screen shown on your chartplotter as a bitmap (.bmp) file. You can transfer the screenshot to your computer. Capturing Screenshots 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot. 2 Select Settings > Preferences > Screenshot Capture >

On. 3 Go to a screen you want to capture. 4 Hold Home for at least six seconds. Copying Screenshots to a Computer 1 Remove the memory card from the chartplotter, and insert it into a card reader that is attached to a computer. 2 From Windows Explorer, open the Garmin\scrn folder on the 3 Copy a .bmp file from the card and paste it to any location on memory card. the computer. Troubleshooting My device will not acquire GPS signals If the device is not acquiring satellite signals, there could be few causes. If the device has moved a large distance since the last time it has acquired satellites or has been turned off for longer than a few weeks or months, the device may not be able to acquire the satellites correctly. Ensure the device is using the latest software. If not, update the device software (Updating the Device Software). If the device is using an internal GPS antenna, make sure the device has a clear view of the sky so that the internal antenna can receive the GPS signal. If it is mounted inside of a cabin, it should be close to a window so it can receive the GPS signal. If the device is mounted inside a cabin and cannot be placed in a location where the device can acquire satellites, use an external GPS antenna. If the device is using an external GPS antenna, make sure the antenna is connected to the chartplotter or the NMEA network. If the device has more than one GPS antenna source, select a different source (Selecting the GPS Source). My device will not turn on or keeps turning off Devices erratically turning off or not turning on could indicate an issue with the power supplied to the device. Check these items to attempt to troubleshoot the cause of the power issue. Make sure the power source is generating power. You can check this several ways. For example, you can check whether other devices powered by the source are functioning. Check the fuse in the power cable. The fuse should be located in a holder that is part of the red wire of the power cable. A 3 Amp fuse is used in this power cable. Check the fuse to make sure there is still a connection inside of the fuse. You can test the fuse using a multimeter. If the fuse is good, the multimeter reads 0 ohms. Check to make sure the device is receiving is at least 10 volts, but 12 volts is recommended. To check the voltage, measure the female sockets 8 (power) and 2 (ground) of the power cable for DC voltage. If the voltage is less than 10 volts, the device will not turn on. If the device is receiving enough power but does not turn on, contact Garmin product support at www.garmin.com/support. Appendix 39 CONFIDENTIAL My device is not creating waypoints in the correct location You can manually enter a waypoint location to transfer and share data from one device to the next. If you have manually entered a waypoint using coordinates, and the location of the point does not appear where the point should be, the map datum and position format of the device may not match the map datum and position format originally used to mark the waypoint. Position format is the way in which the GPS receiver's position appears on the screen. Commonly displayed as latitude/

longitude in degrees and minutes, with options for degrees, minutes and second, degrees only, or one of several grid formats. Map datum is a math model which depicts a part of the surface of the earth. Latitude and longitude lines on a paper map are referenced to a specific map datum. 1 Find out which map datum and position format was used when the original waypoint was created. If the original waypoint was taken from a map, there should be a legend on the map that lists the map datum and position format used to create that map. Most often this is found near the map key. 2 On the chartplotter, select Settings > Preferences > Units. 3 Select the correct map datum and position format settings. 4 Create the waypoint again. NMEA 0183 Information Type Transmit GPAPB Sentence Description APB: Heading or track controller (autopilot) sentence "B"

GPBOD BOD: Bearing (origin to destination) GPBWC BWC: Bearing and distance to waypoint GPGGA GGA: Global positioning system fix data GPGLL GPGSA GSA: GNSS DOP and active satellites GPGSV GSV: GNSS satellites in view GPRMB RMB: Recommended minimum navigation GLL: Geographic position (latitude and longitude) information GPRMC RMC: Recommended minimum specific GNSS data RTE: Routes XTE: Cross track error GPRTE GPVTG VTG: Course over ground and ground speed GPWPL WPL: Waypoint location GPXTE PGRME E: Estimated error PGRMM M: Map datum PGRMZ SDDBT SDDPT SDMTW MTW: Water temperature SDVHW VHW: Water speed and heading Z: Altitude DBT: Depth below transducer DPT: Depth Depth Depth below transducer Water temperature Water speed and heading Waypoint location Digital selective calling information Expanded digital selective calling Heading, deviation, and variation Heading, magnetic Wind direction and speed Receive DPT DBT MTW VHW WPL DSC DSE HDG HDM MWD 40 Type Sentence Description MDA MWV VDM Meteorological composite Wind speed and angle AIS VHF data-link message NMEA 2000 PGN Information Type Transmit and receive Description PGN 059392 ISO acknowledgment 059904 ISO request 060928 ISO address claim 126208 NMEA: Command, request, and acknowledge group function Transmit Receive 126464 Transmit and receive PGN list group function 126996 Product information 129026 COG and SOG : Rapid update 129029 GNSS position data 129540 GNSS satellites in view 130306 Wind data 130312 Temperature 127250 Vessel heading 127258 Magnetic variance 128259 Speed: Water referenced 128267 Water depth 129025 Position: Rapid update 129283 Cross track error 129284 Navigation data 129285 Navigation route and waypoint info 126992 System time 127250 Vessel heading 127489 Engine parameters: Dynamic 127488 Engine parameters: Rapid update 127493 Transmission parameters: Dynamic 127505 Fluid level 128259 Speed: water referenced 128267 Water depth 129025 Position: rapid update 129038 AIS class A position report 129039 AIS class B position report 129040 AIS class B extended position report 129539 GNSS DOPs 129794 AIS class A static and voyage related data 129809 AIS class B "CS" static data report, part A 129810 AIS class B "CS" static data report, part B 130310 Environmental parameters 130311 Environmental parameters 130313 Humidity 130314 Actual pressure Software License Agreement BY USING THE DEVICE, YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE FOLLOWING SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY. Garmin Ltd. and its subsidiaries (Garmin) grant you a limited license to use the software embedded in this device (the Software) in binary executable form in the normal operation of the product. Title, ownership rights, and intellectual property Appendix CONFIDENTIAL rights in and to the Software remain in Garmin and/or its third-

party providers. You acknowledge that the Software is the property of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and is protected under the United States of America copyright laws and international copyright treaties. You further acknowledge that the structure, organization, and code of the Software, for which source code is not provided, are valuable trade secrets of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and that the Software in source code form remains a valuable trade secret of Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You agree not to decompile, disassemble, modify, reverse assemble, reverse engineer, or reduce to human readable form the Software or any part thereof or create any derivative works based on the Software. You agree not to export or re-export the Software to any country in violation of the export control laws of the United States of America or the export control laws of any other applicable country. Appendix 41 CONFIDENTIAL Index current stations27, 28 indicators4 A aerial photos5 AIS57 distress signal device6 radar20 SART6 targeting5, 6 threats6, 20 turning on37 alarms36 anchor drag36 arrival36 collision6, 37 deep water18 engine26 gauges26 navigation36 off course36 shallow water18 sonar18 water temperature18 weather36 anchor drag alarm36 animated currents, tides4 antenna, GPS1 arrival alarm36 Auto Guidance8, 10, 11, 35 line11, 35 paths10, 11 shoreline distance11, 35 autopilot23 adjusting the heading24 circles pattern24 cloverleaf pattern24 engaging23 orbit pattern24 pattern steering24 power saver23 reducing rudder activity23 search pattern24 Shadow Drive23 steering increment23 steering patterns24 u-turn pattern24 Williamson turn pattern24 zigzag pattern24 B backlight2, 38 buoy reports32 C camera configuration33 controlling33 home position33 pausing33 standby33 celestial information27, 28 charts24, 6, 7 appearance7 built-in3 details3 heading, line7 measuring distance3 navigation4, 5 selecting3 symbols3 circuits39 clock36 alarm36 collision alarm6, 37 color mode2 combinations, customizing2, 34 compass, rose7 courses8 D data backup38, 39 copying38 data management38 dealer8 deleting, all user data12 depth log27 destinations navigation chart8 selecting8 device cleaning39 registration39 digital selective calling24, 25 channels26 contacts25 individual routine call26 turning on25, 37 digital switching39 distress call25 distress signal device6 DownV15 DSC. See digital selective calling E EBL20 adjusting21 measuring21 showing21 engine gauges26 configuring26 status alarms26 EPIRB6 event log34 F factory settings37 stations2 favorites2 Fish Eye 3D sonar cone7 suspended targets7 tracks7 fishing chart3, 32 setup7 fuel alarm26, 36 fuel capacity26, 36 fuel gauges26 engine26 fuel26, 27 limits26 status alarms26 trip27 wind27 Go To9 GPS39 signals1 source1 GPS accuracy36 graphs air temperature27 atmospheric pressure27 configuring27 depth27 water temperature27 wind angle27 wind speed27 GRID39 GRID pairing34 status alarm26, 36 synchronizing with actual fuel27 fuel onboard36 G Garmin Marine Network12, 36 Garmin product support, contact information1 gauges26 gybing. See tacking and gybing H hazard colors7 heading24 adjusting24 heading hold14 holding23 Shadow Drive24 helm application38 help. See product support home screen1 customizing2 J jibing. See tacking and gybing joystick39 K keel offset13, 36 keyboard34 L lane width7 language34 M man overboard9, 24, 25 manual viewer1 marine services8 mark location8 MARPA5 navigation chart7 tagged object20 targeting20 threats6, 20 measuring distance, charts3 media player28 alphabetical search28 Android device29 device name30 FUSION-Link28, 29 iPod28 MTP29 muting29 preset28, 33 radio28, 29 repeating28 shuffling28 SiriusXM Satellite Radio29 source28 tuner region29 tuning mode29 VHF29 Windows phone29 zones29 memory card38, 39 detailed maps38 MOB, device6 music player2830. See media player N navaids4 navigation alarms36 navigation chart3, 5, 8, 32 aerial photos7 marine service points8 MARPA7 radar overlay21 setup7 vessel trails7, 25 networking. See Marine Network NMEA 018324, 36 NMEA 200024, 36 O off course alarm36 offset, front of boat23 other vessels AIS7 trails7 42 Index CONFIDENTIAL P Perspective 3D32 photos, aerial5 position, tracking25 position report25 power key34 powerboat2, 13, 37 preferred data source23 premium charts4, 5, 7 aerial photos5 Fish Eye 3D7 tide and current indicators4 product registration39 product support1 contact information1 R radar1921 AIS20 bird mode21 clutter22 color scheme23 custom park position21 echo trails22 field of view23 front-of-boat offset23 gain21, 22 MARPA6 optimizing display22 overlay screen21 range19 range rings23 sentry mode19 source23 timed transmit19 transmitting19 waypoints19, 23 zoom scale19 radar overlay21 radio, SiriusXM29, 30 range rings7 registering the device39 remote control38 disconnecting38 resetting settings30 station layouts2 Route To8 routes copying38 creating9, 10 deleting10 editing10 navigating10 navigating parallel to10 synchronizing12 viewing list of10 waypoints38 S safe depth35 safe height35 safe-zone collision alarm6, 37 sailboat2, 13, 37 sailing7, 13 race timer13 starting line13 sailing gauges27 sailingstarting line13 SART6 satellite imagery5 satellite signals, acquiring1 screen, brightness2 screenshots39 capturing39 sentry mode19 guard zone20 timed transmit19, 20 settings3436 radar display22 V vessel trails7, 25 VHF radio24 calling an AIS target26 distress calls25 DSC channel26 individual routine call26 video3234 configuring33, 34 source33, 34 viewing33 voltage36 Volvo Penta dealer8 VRM20 adjusting21 measuring21 showing21 W warning manager28 messages28 water speed37 temperature log27 temperature offset37 waypoints8, 40 copying38 creating3, 8, 32 deleting9 editing9 man overboard9 navigating to9 radar19 showing7 sonar15 synchronizing12 tracked vessel25 viewing list of9 weather32 weather7, 30, 31 alarms36 broadcasts30 charts30, 32 fishing31, 32 fishing chart32 forecast3032 navigation chart32 overlay32 precipitation30 sea conditions31 subscription30, 32 surface pressure31 visibility32 water temperature31, 32 wave information31 winds31 WiFitechnology37 wind angle graph27 wind gauges27 wind hold14 adjusting14 wind speed graph27 wireless devices37, 38 connecting a wireless device37, 38 network configuration37, 38 Z zoom chart3 radar19 sonar16 system information34 Shadow Drive, enabling23 shoreline distance11, 35 SideV15 SiriusXM30 Satellite Radio29 SiriusXM Satellite Radio29, 30 software updates1 updating1 software license agreement40 sonar14, 15, 18 a-scope17, 18 alarms18 appearance18 bottom lock16 color gain16 color rejection18 cone7 depth16 depth scale16 DownV15 frequencies17 gain16 interference17 noise16 recording18, 19 scroll speed17 sharing15, 16 SideV15 source15, 16 surface noise17 suspended targets18 views14, 15 waypoint15 whiteline18 zoom16 SOS9, 25 stations1 changing the station34 customizing the home screen of2 ordering the displays34 restoring the layout2, 34 suspended targets7 symbols5 synchronizing, user data12 system information34, 39 T tacking and gybing14 heading hold14 wind hold14 targeting20 temperature log27 tide stations4, 27, 28 indicators4 tracks12 clearing12 copying38 deleting12 editing12 list12 navigating12 recording12 saving12 saving as route12 showing7, 12 transducer14, 17, 18 trip gauges27 troubleshooting39, 40 U unit ID34 units of measure35 updates, software1 user data deleting12 synchronizing12 Index 43 CONFIDENTIAL www.garmin.com/support

+43 (0) 820 220230

+ 32 2 672 52 54 0800 770 4960 1-866-429-9296

+385 1 5508 272

+385 1 5508 271

+420 221 985466

+420 221 985465

+ 45 4810 5050

+ 358 9 6937 9758

+ 331 55 69 33 99

+ 39 02 36 699699

(+52) 001-855-792-7671 0800 0233937

+47 815 69 555 00800 4412 454

+44 2380 662 915

(+35) 1214 447 460

+386 4 27 92 500 0861 GARMIN (427 646)

+27 (0)11 251 9999

+34 93 275 44 97

+ 46 7744 52020

+886 2 2642-9199 ext 2 0808 238 0000

+44 (0) 870 8501242 913-397-8200 1-800-800-1020

+49 (0)180 6 427646 20 ct./Anruf. a. d. deutschen Festnetz, Mobilfunk max. 60 ct./Anruf 2014 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries CONFIDENTIAL

Important Safety and Product Information......................................................................................... 2 Informations importantes sur le produit et la scurit.........................................................................2 Informazioni importanti sulla sicurezza e sul prodotto........................................................................3 Wichtige Sicherheits- und Produktinformationen............................................................................... 4 Informacin importante sobre el producto y tu seguridad.................................................................. 5 Informaes importantes de segurana e do produto........................................................................5 Informaes importantes sobre segurana e o produto.....................................................................6 Belangrijke veiligheids- en productinformatie.....................................................................................6 Vigtige produkt- og sikkerhedsinformationer...................................................................................... 7 Trkeit turvallisuus- ja tuotetietoja....................................................................................................7 Viktig sikkerhets- og produktinformasjon........................................................................................... 8 Viktig skerhets- och produktinformation........................................................................................... 9 Wane informacje dotyczce bezpieczestwa i produktu.................................................................. 9 Dleit bezpenostn informace a informace o produktu............................................................... 10

............................................................. 10 Vane informacije o sigurnosti i proizvodu....................................................................................... 11

.............................................................. 11 nemli Gvenlik ve rn Bilgileri.....................................................................................................12

.............................................................................................13 December 2014 Printed in Taiwan 190-00720-32_0D 20132014 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries Important Safety and Product Information WARNING Failure to avoid the following potentially hazardous situations could result in an accident or collision resulting in death or serious injury. Marine Operation Warnings You are responsible for the safe and prudent operation of your vessel. This device is a tool that will enhance your capability to operate your vessel. It does not relieve you from the responsibility of safely operating your vessel. Avoid navigational hazards and never leave the helm unattended. Use this device only as a navigational aid. Do not attempt to use the device for any purpose requiring precise measurement of direction, distance, location, or topography. Always be prepared to promptly regain control of the vessel. Use caution near hazards in the water, such as docks, pilings and other vessels. If the device has navigating capabilities, when navigating, carefully compare information displayed on the device to all available navigation sources, including information from visual sightings, local waterway rules and restrictions, and maps. For safety, always resolve any discrepancies or questions before continuing navigation. If the device uses maps, use the electronic chart in the device only to facilitate, not to replace, the use of authorized government charts. Official government charts and notices to mariners contain all information needed to navigate safely. If the device provides depth data, it should not be used as the primary means of preventing grounding or collision. Supplement depth data readings with information from applicable paper charts and visual indicators. Always operate the vessel at slow speeds if you suspect shallow water or submerged objects. Failure to heed this warning could lead to vessel damage or personal injury. If the device has video input capabilities, do not attempt to operate or watch video input while operating or navigating your vessel. Operating or watching the video input while the vessel is moving could cause an accident or collision resulting in property damage, serious injury, or death. Battery Warnings The device uses an internal, non-user-replaceable battery for various purposes, such as the real-time clock. If these guidelines are not followed, batteries may experience a shortened life span or may present a risk of damage to the device, fire, chemical burn, electrolyte leak, and/or injury. Do not remove or attempt to remove the non-user-replaceable battery. Contact your local waste disposal department to dispose of the device/batteries in accordance with applicable local laws and regulations. Product Environmental Programs Information about the Garmin product recycling program and WEEE, RoHS, REACH, and other compliance programs can be found at www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Declaration of Conformity Hereby, Garmin declares that this product is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. To view the full Declaration of Conformity, go to www.garmin.com/compliance. Industry Canada Compliance Category I radiocommunication devices comply with Industry Canada Standard RSS-210. Category II radiocommunication devices comply with Industry Canada Standard RSS-Gen. This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure This device is a mobile transmitter and receiver that uses an internal antenna to send and receive low levels of radio frequency (RF) energy for data communications. The device emits RF energy below the published limits when operating in its maximum output power mode and when used with Garmin authorized accessories. To comply with RF exposure compliance requirements, the device should be installed and operated with a minimum of 20 cm (7.87 in.) between the device and your body. The device should not be used in other configurations. This device must not be co-located or operated in conjunction with any other transmitter or antenna. FCC Compliance This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and may cause harmful interference to radio communications if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Connect the equipment into an outlet that is on a different circuit from the GPS device. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. This product does not contain any user-serviceable parts. Repairs should only be made by an authorized Garmin service center. Unauthorized repairs or modifications could result in permanent damage to the equipment, and void your warranty and your authority to operate this device under Part 15 regulations. Software License Agreement BY USING THE DEVICE, YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE FOLLOWING SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY. Garmin Ltd. and its subsidiaries ("Garmin") grant you a limited license to use the software embedded in this device (the "Software") in binary executable form in the normal operation of the product. Title, ownership rights, and intellectual property rights in and to the Software remain in Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You acknowledge that the Software is the property of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and is protected under the United States of America copyright laws and international copyright treaties. You further acknowledge that the structure, organization, and code of the Software, for which source code is not provided, are valuable trade secrets of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and that the Software in source code form remains a valuable trade secret of Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You agree not to decompile, disassemble, modify, reverse assemble, reverse engineer, or reduce to human readable form the Software or any part thereof or create any derivative works based on the Software. You agree not to export or re-export the Software to any country in violation of the export control laws of the United States of America or the export control laws of any other applicable country. Map Data Information Garmin uses a combination of governmental and private data sources. Virtually all data sources contain some inaccurate or incomplete data. In some countries, complete and accurate map information is either not available or is prohibitively expensive. 2 Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Limited Warranty This Garmin product is warranted to be free from defects in materials or workmanship for one year from the date of purchase. Within this period, Garmin will, at its sole option, repair or replace any components that fail in normal use. Such repairs or replacement will be made at no charge to the customer for parts or labor, provided that the customer shall be responsible for any transportation cost. This warranty does not apply to: (i) cosmetic damage, such as scratches, nicks and dents; (ii) consumable parts, such as batteries, unless product damage has occurred due to a defect in materials or workmanship; (iii) damage caused by accident, abuse, misuse, water, flood, fire, or other acts of nature or external causes; (iv) damage caused by service performed by anyone who is not an authorized service provider of Garmin; or (v) damage to a product that has been modified or altered without the written permission of Garmin, or (vi) damage to a product that has been connected to power and/or data cables that are not supplied by Garmin. In addition, Garmin reserves the right to refuse warranty claims against products or services that are obtained and/or used in contravention of the laws of any country. Our navigation products are intended to be used only as a travel aid and must not be used for any purpose requiring precise measurement of direction, distance, location or topography. Garmin makes no warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of map data. Repairs have a 90 day warranty. If the unit sent in is still under its original warranty, then the new warranty is 90 days or to the end of the original 1 year warranty, depending upon which is longer. THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY LIABILITY ARISING UNDER ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, WHICH MAY VARY FROM STATE TO STATE. IN NO EVENT SHALL Garmin BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER RESULTING FROM THE USE, MISUSE, OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. Garmin retains the exclusive right to repair or replace (with a new or newly-overhauled replacement product) the device or software or offer a full refund of the purchase price at its sole discretion. SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. To obtain warranty service, contact your local Garmin authorized dealer or call Garmin Product Support for shipping instructions and an RMA tracking number. Securely pack the device and a copy of the original sales receipt, which is required as the proof of purchase for warranty repairs. Write the tracking number clearly on the outside of the package. Send the device, freight charges prepaid, to any Garmin warranty service station. Online Auction Purchases: Products purchased through online auctions are not eligible for rebates or other special offers from Garmin warranty coverage. Online auction confirmations are not accepted for warranty verification. To obtain warranty service, an original or copy of the sales receipt from the original retailer is required. Garmin will not replace missing components from any package purchased through an online auction. International Purchases: A separate warranty may be provided by international distributors for devices purchased outside the United States depending on the country. If applicable, this warranty is provided by the local in-country distributor and this distributor provides local service for your device. Distributor warranties are only valid in the area of intended distribution. Devices purchased in the United States or Canada must be returned to the Garmin service center in the United Kingdom, the United States, Canada, or Taiwan for service. Marine Warranty Policy: Certain Garmin Marine products in certain areas have a longer warranty period and additional terms and conditions. Go to www.garmin.com/support/warranty

.html for more details and to see if your product is covered under the Garmin Marine Warranty Policy. Australian Purchases: Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded under the Australian Consumer Law. You are entitled to a replacement or refund for a major failure and for compensation for any other reasonably foreseeable loss or damage. You are also entitled to have the goods repaired or replaced if the goods fail to be of acceptable quality and the failure does not amount to a major failure. The benefits under our Limited Warranty are in addition to other rights and remedies under applicable law in relation to the products. Garmin Australasia, 30 Clay Place, Eastern Creek, NSW, Australia, 2766. Phone: 1800 235 822. Informations importantes sur le produit et la scurit AVERTISSEMENT Si vous ne prenez pas de prcautions pour viter les situations potentiellement dangereuses nonces ci-aprs, vous risquez un accident ou une collision pouvant entraner des blessures graves, voire mortelles. Avertissements d'utilisation en milieu marin Vous tes responsable de l'utilisation sre et prudente de votre bateau. Cet appareil est un outil qui optimisera votre capacit de pilotage. Il ne vous dgage pas de vos responsabilits en cas de non-respect de la scurit bord. Evitez tout danger de navigation et ne relchez pas votre surveillance de la barre. L'appareil doit tre utilis uniquement comme une aide la navigation. Ne tentez pas d'utiliser l'appareil des fins exigeant une mesure prcise de l'orientation, de la distance, de la position ou de la topographie. Soyez toujours prt reprendre les commandes du navire. Soyez vigilant proximit des points dangereux, tels que les quais et les autres navires. En cours de navigation, et si l'appareil dispose de fonctions de navigation, comparez attentivement les informations affiches par l'appareil toutes les autres sources d'information disponibles, notamment les repres visuels, les rgles et restrictions locales relatives aux voies navigables, ainsi que les cartes. Pour votre scurit, cherchez rsoudre tout dysfonctionnement ou problme avant de poursuivre la navigation. Si l'appareil utilise des cartes, utilisez la carte lectronique de l'appareil uniquement pour faciliter l'usage de cartes gouvernementales officielles, pas pour les remplacer. Seules les cartes gouvernementales officielles et les avis aux navigateurs contiennent toutes les informations ncessaires une navigation en toute scurit. Si l'appareil fournit des donnes de profondeur, celles-ci ne doivent pas tre utilises en premier recours afin d'viter les risques d'chouage ou de collision. Compltez les mesures des donnes de profondeur l'aide d'informations issues de cartes papier et d'indicateurs visuels applicables. Si vous suspectez la prsence d'un haut-fond ou d'objets immergs, naviguez toujours faible vitesse. L'ignorance de cet avertissement vous expose des risques de dtrioration du navire ou de blessures. Si l'appareil dispose de fonctions d'entre vido, n'utilisez pas l'entre vido en cours de navigation. Le visionnage de la vido lorsque le navire se dplace peut engendrer un accident ou une collision provoquant des dommages matriels et des blessures graves, voire mortelles. Avertissements relatifs la batterie L'appareil utilise une batterie interne, non remplaable par l'utilisateur, pour diffrentes raisons telles que celle de l'horloge en temps rel. Le non-respect de ces consignes peut causer une diminution de la dure de vie des batteries, endommager l'appareil ou prsenter un risque d'incendie, de brlure chimique, de fuite d'lectrolyte et/ou de blessure. N'essayez pas de retirer la batterie non remplaable par l'utilisateur. Contactez la dchetterie locale pour plus d'informations sur la mise au rebut de l'appareil ou des batteries dans le respect des lois et rglementations locales applicables. Programmes environnementaux Des informations relatives au programme Garmin de recyclage des produits ainsi qu'aux directives DEEE et RoHS, la rglementation REACH et aux autres programmes de conformit sont disponibles l'adresse www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Dclaration de conformit Par la prsente, Garmin dclare que ce produit est conforme aux principales exigences et autres clauses pertinentes de la directive europenne 1999/5/CE. Pour prendre connaissance de l'intgralit de la dclaration de conformit, rendez-vous sur le site www.garmin.com

/compliance. Conformit aux normes d'Industrie Canada Les priphriques de radiocommunication de catgorie I sont conformes la norme RSS-210 d'Industrie Canada. Les priphriques de radiocommunication de catgorie II sont conformes la norme RSS-Gen d'Industrie Canada. Cet appareil est conforme aux normes RSS sans licence d'Industrie Canada. Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) ce priphrique ne doit pas causer d'interfrences et (2) doit accepter toute interfrence, y compris les interfrences pouvant entraner un fonctionnement indsirable de l'appareil. Contrat de licence du logiciel EN UTILISANT CE PRODUIT, VOUS RECONNAISSEZ ETRE LIE PAR LES TERMES DU PRESENT CONTRAT DE LICENCE DE LOGICIEL. LISEZ ATTENTIVEMENT CE CONTRAT DE LICENCE. Garmin Ltd. et ses filiales ( Garmin ) concdent une licence limite pour l'utilisation du logiciel intgr cet appareil (le Logiciel ) sous la forme d'un programme binaire excutable, dans le cadre du fonctionnement normal du produit. Tout titre, droit de proprit ou droit de proprit intellectuelle dans le Logiciel ou concernant le Logiciel est la proprit de Garmin et/ou de ses fournisseurs tiers. Vous reconnaissez que le Logiciel est la proprit de Garmin et/ou de ses fournisseurs tiers et qu'il est protg par les lois en vigueur aux Etats-Unis d'Amrique et par les traits internationaux relatifs aux droits d'auteur. Vous reconnaissez galement que la structure, l'organisation et le code du Logiciel, dont le code source n'est pas fourni, constituent d'importants secrets de fabrication de Garmin et/ou de ses fournisseurs tiers, et que le code source du Logiciel demeure un important secret de fabrication de Garmin et/ou de ses fournisseurs tiers. Vous acceptez de ne pas dcompiler, dsassembler, modifier, assembler rebours, tudier par rtro-ingnierie ou transcrire en langage humain intelligible le Logiciel ou toute partie du Logiciel, ou crer toute uvre drive du Logiciel. Vous acceptez de ne pas exporter ni de rexporter le Logiciel vers un pays contrevenant aux lois de contrle l'exportation des Etats-Unis d'Amrique ou celles de tout autre pays concern. Informations sur les donnes cartographiques Les donnes de Garmin proviennent la fois de sources publiques et prives. La quasi-totalit des sources de donnes contient une part d'informations inexactes ou incompltes. Dans certains pays, des informations cartographiques compltes et exactes sont soit indisponibles, soit proposes un cot prohibitif. Garantie limite Ce produit Garmin est garanti contre tout dfaut de matriel et de fabrication pendant un an compter de sa date d'achat. Durant cette priode, Garmin pourra, son entire discrtion, rparer ou remplacer tout composant qui s'avrerait dfectueux dans le cadre d'un usage normal. Ce type de rparation ou de remplacement ne sera pas factur au client, qu'il s'agisse des composants ou de la main-d'uvre, condition que le client prenne en charge les frais de port. Cette garantie ne couvre pas : (i) les dommages esthtiques, tels que les raflures, les rayures et les bosses ; (ii) les consommables, comme les piles, moins que le dommage ne soit d un dfaut matriel ou de fabrication ; (iii) les dommages provoqus par un accident, une utilisation abusive, une mauvaise utilisation, l'eau, une inondation, un incendie ou toute autre catastrophe naturelle ou cause extrieure ; (iv) les dommages provoqus par des fournisseurs de services non agrs par Garmin ; ou (v) les dommages sur un produit ayant t modifi sans l'autorisation crite de Garmin ; ou (vi) les dommages sur un produit raccord des cbles d'alimentation et/ou des cbles de donnes non fournis par Garmin. En outre, Garmin se rserve le droit de refuser toute demande de service sous garantie relative un produit ou service obtenu et/ou utilis en violation des lois de tout pays. Nos produits de navigation constituent uniquement une aide la navigation et ne doivent pas tre utiliss des fins exigeant l'valuation prcise de la direction, de la distance, de la position ou de la topographie. Garmin n'offre aucune garantie quant l'exactitude ou l'exhaustivit des donnes cartographiques. Les rparations sont garanties pendant 90 jours. Si l'unit envoye est toujours couverte par la garantie d'origine, cette nouvelle garantie court pendant un dlai de 90 jours ou jusqu' la fin de la priode de garantie d'origine qui est d'un an, selon la plus longue des deux priodes. LES GARANTIES ET RECOURS CONTENUS DANS LE PRESENT DOCUMENT SONT EXCLUSIFS ET ANNULENT TOUTE AUTRE GARANTIE EXPRESSE, IMPLICITE OU LEGALE, Y COMPRIS TOUTE RESPONSABILITE RESULTANT DE TOUTE GARANTIE DE QUALITE MARCHANDE OU D'ADEQUATION A UN USAGE PARTICULIER, QU'ELLE SOIT LEGALE OU AUTRE. CETTE GARANTIE VOUS OCTROIE DES DROITS PARTICULIERS, QUI PEUVENT VARIER D'UN ETAT A L'AUTRE. EN AUCUN CAS, LA SOCIETE Garmin NE SAURAIT ETRE TENUE RESPONSABLE DE TOUT DOMMAGE ACCESSOIRE, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OU CONSECUTIF RESULTANT DE L'UTILISATION, DE LA MAUVAISE UTILISATION OU DE L'IMPOSSIBILITE D'UTILISER CE PRODUIT, OU RESULTANT DE DEFAUTS DU PRODUIT. CERTAINS ETATS INTERDISANT L'EXCLUSION OU LA RESTRICTION DES DOMMAGES ACCESSOIRES OU CONSECUTIFS, LES RESTRICTIONS SUSMENTIONNEES PEUVENT NE PAS VOUS CONCERNER. Garmin se rserve le droit exclusif de rparer l'appareil ou le logiciel, de les remplacer (par un produit de remplacement neuf ou entirement rvis) ou de proposer le remboursement intgral du prix d'achat son entire discrtion. CE TYPE DE RECOURS SERA VOTRE RECOURS UNIQUE ET EXCLUSIF POUR TOUTE RUPTURE DE GARANTIE. Pour bnficier d'un service sous garantie, contactez votre revendeur agr Garmin ou appelez le service d'assistance produit de Garmin pour obtenir les instructions relatives l'expdition du produit, ainsi qu'un numro de suivi RMA. Emballez avec soin l'appareil en y joignant une copie de l'original de la facture, qui fera office de preuve d'achat dans le cas de rparations sous garantie. Inscrivez lisiblement le numro de suivi sur l'extrieur du paquet. Envoyez le priphrique, frais de port prpays, un centre de services sous garantie Garmin. Achats dans le cadre d'enchres en ligne : les produits achets au cours d'enchres en ligne ne peuvent faire l'objet de rabais ou d'autres offres spciales proposs par la garantie de Garmin. Les confirmations de vente aux enchres en ligne ne sont pas acceptes dans le cadre d'une vrification sous garantie. Pour bnficier d'un service sous garantie, l'original ou une copie de la facture dresse par le premier revendeur doit tre prsent. Garmin ne procdera aucun remplacement de composant manquant sur tout produit achet dans le cadre d'enchres en ligne. Achats internationaux : selon les pays, une garantie distincte peut tre accorde par les distributeurs internationaux pour les appareils achets hors des Etats-Unis. Le cas chant, cette garantie est fournie par le distributeur du pays d'achat et ledit distributeur prend en charge les services locaux ncessaires pour votre appareil. Les garanties distributeur sont valides uniquement dans les zones de distribution vises. En cas de problme, les appareils achets aux Etats-Unis ou au Canada doivent tre renvoys aux ateliers de rparations Garmin du Royaume-Uni, des Etats-Unis, du Canada ou de Tawan. Politique de garantie des produits marine : pour certains produits marine de Garmin de certaines rgions du monde, la priode de garantie est plus longue et des conditions supplmentaires s'appliquent. Rendez-vous sur le site www.garmin.com/support/warranty.html pour plus de dtails et pour savoir si votre produit est couvert par la garantie des produits marine de Garmin. Informazioni importanti sulla sicurezza e sul prodotto ATTENZIONE Il mancato rispetto delle indicazioni fornite di seguito potrebbe causare incidenti e tamponamenti gravi o mortali. Avvertenze sull'uso in ambiene nautico Ogni utente responsabile della navigazione della propria imbarcazione. Questo dispositivo costituisce un aiuto alla navigazione, che non esime l'utente dal navigare responsabilmente e con prudenza. Durante la navigazione, evitare le zone pericolose e non lasciare mai il timone. Utilizzare il dispositivo solo come ausilio alla navigazione. Non utilizzare il dispositivo per ottenere misurazioni precise della direzione, della distanza, della posizione o della topografia. Tenersi sempre pronti a riprendere il controllo dell'imbarcazione in modo tempestivo. Prestare sempre attenzione durante l'uso del sistema, ma in particolar modo nelle vicinanze di moli, scogli ed altre imbarcazioni. Durante la navigazione verificare le informazioni del dispositivo con l'ambiente circostante, le carte ufficiali, le note ai naviganti, avvertenze e leggi in vigore. Per motivi di sicurezza, risolvere eventuali incongruenze o problemi prima di continuare la navigazione. La cartografia un ausilio alla navigazione e non sostituisce le carte governative autorizzate. Gli avvisi ai naviganti e le carte governative ufficiali contengono tutte le informazioni necessarie per una navigazione in sicurezza. I dati di profondit indicati dal dispositivo non devono essere utilizzati come unico strumento di misurazione. Integrare i dati di profondit del prodotto con le carte ufficiali. Mantenere sempre una velocit di crociera ridotta, se si ritiene di navigare in fondali bassi o si sospetta la presenza di oggetti sommersi. La mancata osservanza di tale avvertenza potrebbe provocare danni all'imbarcazione o alle persone. Se il prodotto dispone di ingressi video, non utilizzarli durante la navigazione. La visione di sorgenti video diverse dalle informazioni per la navigazione possono distrarre ed essere causa di incidenti o danni a cose e persone. Avvisi sulla batteria Il dispositivo utilizza una batteria interna, non sostituibile dall'utente per vari scopi, ad esempio l'orologio in tempo reale. Il mancato rispetto delle seguenti linee guida potrebbe compromettere la durata delle batterie, danneggiare il dispositivo e causare incendi, combustioni chimiche, perdita di elettroliti e/o lesioni. Non rimuovere o cercare di rimuovere la batteria presente all'interno dello strumento. Per un corretto smaltimento del dispositivo/batterie in conformit alle leggi e disposizioni locali, contattare le autorit locali preposte. Programmi ambientali per i prodotti Le informazioni sul programma di riciclo dei prodotti Garmin, sulle direttive WEEE, RoHS, REACH e su altri programmi di conformit sono reperibili sul sito Web www.garmin.com

/aboutGarmin/environment. Dichiarazione di conformit Con il presente documento, Garmin dichiara che questo prodotto conforme ai requisiti essenziali e alle altre disposizioni in materia previste dalla Direttiva 1999/5/CE. Per visualizzare la versione integrale della Dichiarazione di conformit, visitare il sito www.garmin.com

/compliance. Contratto di licenza software L'USO DEL DISPOSITIVO IMPLICA L'ACCETTAZIONE DEI TERMINI E DELLE CONDIZIONI SPECIFICATI NEL SEGUENTE CONTRATTO DI LICENZA SOFTWARE. LEGGERE ATTENTAMENTE IL PRESENTE CONTRATTO. Garmin Ltd. e sue affiliate ("Garmin") concedono una licenza limitata per l'utilizzo del software integrato in questo dispositivo (il "Software") in forma binaria eseguibile per il normale funzionamento del prodotto. Il titolo, i diritti di propriet e di propriet intellettuale relativi al Software sono esclusivi di Garmin e/o dei rispettivi fornitori di terze parti. L'utente prende atto che il Software di propriet di Garmin e/o dei rispettivi fornitori di terze parti ed protetto dalle leggi sul copyright in vigore negli Stati Uniti d'America e dai trattati internazionali sul copyright. L'utente riconosce inoltre che la struttura, l'organizzazione e il codice del Software, di cui non viene fornito il codice sorgente, sono considerati segreti commerciali di Garmin e/o dei rispettivi fornitori di terze parti e che il Software in formato sorgente resta un segreto commerciale di Garmin e/o dei rispettivi fornitori di terze parti. L'utente accetta di non decompilare, disassemblare, modificare, decodificare o convertire in formato leggibile il Software o parte di esso n di creare altri prodotti basati sul Software. L'utente accetta di non esportare o riesportare il Software in qualsiasi Paese in violazione delle leggi sul controllo delle esportazioni in vigore negli Stati Uniti d'America o delle norme per il controllo delle esportazioni da qualsiasi altro Paese. Informazioni sui dati mappa Garmin utilizza una serie di fonti statali e private. Tutte le fonti di dati possono contenere dati imprecisi e incompleti. In alcuni paesi, le informazioni su mappe complete e precise non sono disponibili o sono proibitive in termini di costi. Garanzia La garanzia prestata dal Venditore:

al Consumatore ossia, ai sensi dell'art. 3, D.Lgs. 6 ottobre 2005, alla "persona fisica che agisce per scopi estranei all'attivit imprenditoriale o professionale eventualmente svolta", sulla base della medesima norma istitutiva del cos detto Codice del consumo. In base a detta legge la durata della garanzia di 24 mesi decorrenti dalla data di consegna del prodotto al Consumatore. La garanzia copre solo i difetti di conformit o d'origine, cio preesistenti alla consegna del bene al Consumatore e non copre i difetti legati ad un'errata installazione o ad errato uso dello stesso;

al Professionista, ossia ai sensi del citato art. 3 206/05, alla "persona fisica o giuridica che agisce nell'esercizio della propria attivit imprenditoriale o professionale, ovvero un suo intermediario" nei limiti di quanto previsto dagli artt. 1490 ss c.c. e nei termini di cui all'art. 1495 c.c. Garanzia Prodotto Il Prodotto, a cui riferita la presente garanzia, garantito esente da difetti originari di conformit per un periodo di 24 mesi dalla data di consegna all'utente finale, conformemente a quanto previsto dal D.Lgs. 206/05. La preghiamo, prima di prendere possesso del prodotto, di verificare, assieme al Venditore, se il prodotto conforme alle Sue aspettative. Laddove il Venditore si occupi anche della installazione del Prodotto, La preghiamo, inoltre, di verificarne il corretto funzionamento, eventualmente eseguendo una prova d'uso reale. Procedura Qualora intenda avvalersi dei diritti di cui alle presenti condizioni di garanzia, la preghiamo di visitare il sito web di Garmin Italia (www.garmin.it) onde ottenere le informazioni circa l'esatta modalit di consegna o spedizione dei prodotti. 3 Con le limitazioni specificate in seguito, e qualora sussistano le condizioni per riconoscere la garanzia ai sensi del D.Lgs. 206/05, il prodotto verr riparato senza nessun costo relativo alle spese strettamente necessarie per la riparazione e quindi rispedito in porto franco al Venditore. Resta fermo quanto disposto dall'art. 130, D.Lgs. 206/05 in particolare quanto all'oggettiva impossibilit o l'eccessiva onerosit della riparazione. Per i prodotti in garanzia il Consumatore nulla deve al Venditore a titolo di contributo spese di trasporto o di gestione. Laddove il prodotto dovesse essere inviato nonostante il periodo di garanzia sia scaduto ovvero risulti che trattasi di difetto non coperto dalla Garanzia, ovvero il prodotto sia privo di difetti, Garmin Italia addebiter al Venditore i costi del trasporto, amministrativi e tecnici sostenuti. Limiti nel caso di intervento in garanzia La garanzia di Garmin Italia non copre i difetti originari manifestatisi oltre il termine di durata della garanzia, i difetti che non preesistevano alla consegna del prodotto, i guasti derivanti da negligenza o trascuratezza nell'uso, da errata installazione o manutenzione, erroneo immagazzinaggio e/o conservazione, da manutenzione effettuata da personale non autorizzato, da danni di trasporto, corrosione o per strumenti in cui il numero di matricola sia stato in qualche modo alterato o cancellato. Garmin Italia non pu essere ritenuta responsabile per danni causati durante l'installazione o come conseguenza di un'installazione scorretta. La presente Garanzia non copre i controlli periodici, gli allineamenti e le calibrazioni originarie e successive, prove in mare o su terra, o spiegazioni pratiche sull'uso del prodotto a meno che non siano specificatamente necessari per il ripristino funzionale della parte sostituita coperta dalla garanzia. La garanzia non copre altres difetti derivanti da incidenti, calamit naturali od altre cause fra le quali, a titolo meramente esemplificativo, pioggia, grandine o fulmini. La garanzia non copre i danni conseguenti a sovraccarichi di corrente dovuti alla rete cui il prodotto dovesse essere collegato o causati da altre apparecchiature, sistemi o componenti in occasione di impropria connessione o uso non autorizzato o permesso del prodotto ivi compreso nel caso di eventuale utilizzo di un caricabatteria di modello differente rispetto a quello fornito con il prodotto. I materiali soggetti ad usura (inclusi fusibili, batterie, cinghie, ventole o le parti meccaniche connesse) sono specificata-mente esclusi dalla presente Garanzia. L'eventuale rottura di sigilli o la precedente manomissione del prodotto escludono la possibilit di avvalersi della Garanzia. La presente Garanzia non copre le ore di lavoro straordinario. La Garanzia Garmin Italia non copre eventuali differenze di colorazione, di materiale o aspetto sussistenti tra quanto a titolo indicativo, illustrato nella pubblicit, nei cataloghi o su Internet, che non siano state oggetto di specifico reclamo al momento della consegna del prodotto. Tutti i prodotti Garmin Italia sono considerati ausili allo svolgimento dell'attivit a cui sono destinati. quindi esclusivamente responsabilit dell'utente usare la prudenza e il giudizio necessari durante il loro utilizzo. Garmin Italia non risponder dell'eventuale inosservanza delle normali regole di diligenza e prudenza ed altres, nel caso di utilizzo a bordo di autoveicoli, velivoli, natanti o di altri mezzi di trasporto non risponder della violazione delle norme, disposizioni delle autorit o regolamenti disciplinanti la loro circolazione e non risponder dei danni eventualmente causati a terzi ed alla persona del Consumatore. Assistenza oltre i termini di garanzia Qualora il prodotto in Suo possesso manifestasse problemi di funzionamento oltre i termini di garanzia, ovvero per quanto entro i 24 mesi di vita fosse stato danneggiato o abbisognasse comunque di interventi tecnici per cause che non rientrano fra quelle coperte dalla garanzia, La preghiamo di contattare telefonicamente il Customer Care Garmin al numero indicato sul sito www.garmin.it al fine di concordare la modalit di invio dello strumento per riparazione o verifica. Ricordiamo che in caso di assistenza fuori garanzia le spese di trasporto sono a carico del Consumatore, come pure i costi di riparazione, verifica, aggiornamento software o eventuale reset delle apparecchiature. Wichtige Sicherheits- und Produktinformationen WARNUNG Die folgenden potenziell gefhrlichen Situationen knnen, sofern sie nicht vermieden werden, einen Unfall oder Zusammensto und damit schwere oder sogar tdliche Verletzungen verursachen. Warnungen zum Betrieb von Schiffen Sie sind fr den sicheren und umsichtigen Betrieb des Boots verantwortlich. Mit dem Gert knnen Sie die Mglichkeiten zur Steuerung des Boots erheblich erweitern. Es befreit Sie nicht von der Verantwortung, fr einen sicheren Betrieb des Boots zu sorgen. Vermeiden Sie riskante Manver, und lassen Sie das Steuerruder niemals unbeaufsichtigt. Verwenden Sie dieses Gert lediglich als Navigationshilfe. Verwenden Sie das Gert nicht, um damit exakte Richtungs-, Entfernungs-, Positions- oder topografische Messungen durchzufhren. Seien Sie stets bereit, unverzglich die Steuerung des Boots zu bernehmen. Lassen Sie in der Nhe von Hindernissen im Wasser, z. B. Docks, Pfeilern und anderen Booten, Vorsicht walten. Wenn das Gert ber Navigationsfunktionen verfgt, vergleichen Sie beim Navigieren die auf dem Gert angezeigten Informationen sorgfltig mit allen anderen verfgbaren Navigationsquellen, z. B. visuellen Signalen, lokalen Bestimmungen und Einschrnkungen fr Schifffahrtswege sowie mit Karten. Aus Sicherheitsgrnden sollten Sie Unstimmigkeiten oder Fragen klren, bevor Sie die Fahrt fortsetzen. Wenn das Gert Karten nutzt, soll die elektronische Karte den Gebrauch von Karten offizieller staatlicher Stellen erleichtern, diese jedoch nicht ersetzen. Die Karten von offiziellen staatlichen Stellen und die nautischen Mitteilungen fr Seefahrer enthalten alle Informationen, die fr die sichere Navigation erforderlich sind. Wenn das Gert Tiefendaten bereitstellt, sollten diese nicht ausschlielich zur Vermeidung von Grundberhrung oder Zusammensten verwendet werden. Nutzen Sie zustzlich zu Tiefendatenangaben Informationen von entsprechenden Seekarten und visuellen Hinweisen. Betreiben Sie das Schiff stets bei niedrigen Geschwindigkeiten, falls Sie Bereiche mit Flachwasser oder Unterwasserobjekten vermuten. Die Nichteinhaltung dieser Warnung knnte zur Beschdigung des Schiffs oder zu Verletzungen fhren. Wenn das Gert ber Videoeingangsfunktionen verfgt, beachten Sie, dass whrend des Schiffsbetriebs oder der Schiffsnavigation keine Videoeingnge laufen oder angesehen werden drfen. Durch die Bedienung des Videoeingangs oder das Ansehen eines Videos whrend der Fahrt des Schiffes knnen Unflle oder Kollisionen und damit Sachschden, schwere oder sogar tdliche Verletzungen verursacht werden. Akkuwarnungen Im Gert wird fr verschiedene Zwecke eine interne, nicht auswechselbare Batterie genutzt, z. B. fr die Uhr. Ein Missachten dieser Richtlinien kann zur Verkrzung der Betriebsdauer der Batterien oder zu Schden am Gert, zu Feuer, chemischen Vertzungen, Auslaufen des Elektrolyts und/oder Verletzungen fhren. Nicht auswechselbare Akkus drfen nicht entfernt werden. Wenden Sie sich zur ordnungsgemen, im Einklang mit anwendbaren rtlichen Gesetzen und Bestimmungen stehenden Entsorgung von Gert und/oder Akku an die zustndige Abfallentsorgungsstelle. 4 Umweltschutzprogramme fr das Produkt Informationen zum Produktrecyclingprogramm von Garmin sowie zur WEEE-, RoHS- und REACH-Richtlinie und zu anderen Programmen zur Einhaltung von Richtlinien finden Sie unter www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Konformittserklrung Garmin erklrt hiermit, dass dieses Produkt den wesentlichen Anforderungen und weiteren relevanten Vorschriften der Direktive 1999/5/EG entspricht. Sie finden die vollstndige Konformittserklrung unter www.garmin.com/compliance. Software-Lizenzvereinbarung DURCH DIE VERWENDUNG DES GERTS STIMMEN SIE DEN BEDINGUNGEN DER FOLGENDEN SOFTWARE-LIZENZVEREINBARUNG ZU. LESEN SIE DIE LIZENZVEREINBARUNG AUFMERKSAM DURCH. Garmin Ltd. und deren Tochtergesellschaften (Garmin) gewhren Ihnen im Rahmen des normalen Betriebs dieses Gerts eine beschrnkte Lizenz zur Verwendung der in diesem Gert im Binrformat integrierten Software (die Software). Verfgungsrechte, Eigentumsrechte und Rechte am geistigen Eigentum an der Software verbleiben bei Garmin und/oder deren Drittanbietern. Sie erkennen an, dass die Software Eigentum von Garmin und/oder deren Drittanbietern ist und durch die Urheberrechte der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und internationale Abkommen zum Urheberrecht geschtzt ist. Weiterhin erkennen Sie an, dass Struktur, Organisation und Code der Software, fr die kein Quellcode zur Verfgung gestellt wird, wertvolle Betriebsgeheimnisse von Garmin und/oder deren Drittanbietern sind und dass der Quellcode der Software ein wertvolles Betriebsgeheimnis von Garmin und/oder deren Drittanbietern bleibt. Sie verpflichten sich, die Software oder Teile davon nicht zu dekompilieren, zu deassemblieren, zu verndern, zurckzuassemblieren, zurckzuentwickeln, in eine allgemein lesbare Form umzuwandeln oder ein von der Software abgeleitetes Werk zu erstellen. Sie verpflichten sich, die Software nicht in ein Land zu exportieren oder zu reexportieren, das nicht im Einklang mit den Exportkontrollgesetzen der Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika oder den Exportkontrollgesetzen eines anderen, in diesem Zusammenhang relevanten Landes steht. Kartendaten-Informationen Garmin verwendet eine Kombination aus ffentlichen und privaten Datenquellen. Nahezu alle Datenquellen enthalten in bestimmtem Ausma ungenaue oder unvollstndige Daten. In einigen Lndern sind vollstndige und genaue Karteninformationen nicht erhltlich oder unverhltnismig teuer. Eingeschrnkte Gewhrleistung Fr dieses Garmin Produkt gilt ab dem Kaufdatum eine einjhrige Garantie auf Material- und Verarbeitungsfehler. Innerhalb dieses Zeitraums repariert oder ersetzt Garmin nach eigenem Ermessen alle bei ordnungsgemer Verwendung ausgefallenen Komponenten. Diese Reparatur- und Austauscharbeiten sind fr den Kunden in Bezug auf Teile und Arbeitszeit unter der Voraussetzung kostenlos, dass dieser die Transportkosten bernimmt. Diese Gewhrleistung findet keine Anwendung auf: (i) kosmetische Schden, z. B. Kratzer oder Dellen,

(ii) Verschleiteile wie Batterien, sofern Produktschden nicht auf Material- oder Verarbeitungsfehler zurckzufhren sind, (iii) durch Unflle, Missbrauch, unsachgeme Verwendung, Wasser, berschwemmung, Feuer oder andere hhere Gewalt oder uere Ursachen hervorgerufene Schden, (iv) Schden aufgrund einer Wartung durch nicht von Garmin autorisierte Dienstanbieter, (v) Schden an einem Produkt, das ohne die ausdrckliche Genehmigung von Garmin modifiziert oder gendert wurde oder (vi) Schden an einem Produkt, das mit Netz- und/oder Datenkabeln verbunden wurde, die nicht von Garmin bereitgestellt wurden. Darber hinaus behlt Garmin sich das Recht vor, Garantieansprche fr Produkte oder Dienstleistungen abzulehnen, die unter Versto gegen die Gesetze eines Landes erworben und/

oder verwendet werden. Unsere Navigationsprodukte sind ausschlielich als Navigationshilfe vorgesehen und drfen nicht fr Zwecke verwendet werden, die przise Messungen von Richtungen, Distanzen, Positionen oder Topografien erfordern. Garmin bernimmt keinerlei Gewhrleistungen im Hinblick auf die Richtigkeit oder Vollstndigkeit der Kartendaten. Auf Reparaturen findet eine Gewhrleistung von 90 Tagen Anwendung. Falls fr das eingesendete Gert weiterhin die ursprngliche Garantie gilt, betrgt die neue Garantie 90 Tage oder bis zum Ende der ursprnglichen einjhrigen Garantie, wobei der jeweils lngere Zeitraum Anwendung findet. DIE HIERIN AUFGEFHRTEN GEWHRLEISTUNGEN UND RECHTSMITTEL GELTEN EXKLUSIV UND SCHLIESSEN JEGLICHE AUSDRCKLICHEN, STILLSCHWEIGENDEN ODER GESETZLICHEN GEWHRLEISTUNGEN AUS, EINSCHLIESSLICH JEGLICHER GESETZLICHEN ODER ANDERWEITIGEN GEWHRLEISTUNG DER HANDELSTAUGLICHKEIT ODER EIGNUNG FR EINEN BESTIMMTEN ZWECK. DIESE GARANTIE GEWHRT IHNEN BESTIMMTE GESETZLICHE RECHTE, DIE VON LAND ZU LAND VARIIEREN KNNEN. IN KEINERLEI FALL HAFTET Garmin FR BEILUFIG ENTSTANDENE, KONKRETE, INDIREKTE SCHDEN ODER FOLGESCHDEN, DIE DURCH DIE SACH- ODER UNSACHGEMSSE VERWENDUNG, DIE NICHTVERWENDBARKEIT DIESES PRODUKTS ODER DEFEKTE DES PRODUKTS ENTSTEHEN. IN EINIGEN LNDERN IST DER AUSSCHLUSS VON BEILUFIG ENTSTANDENEN SCHDEN ODER FOLGESCHDEN NICHT GESTATTET. IN EINEM SOLCHEN FALL TREFFEN DIE VORGENANNTEN AUSSCHLSSE NICHT AUF SIE ZU. Garmin behlt sich das ausschlieliche Recht vor, das Gert oder die Software nach eigenem Ermessen zu reparieren oder zu ersetzen (durch ein neues oder berholtes Ersatzprodukt) oder den vollstndigen Kaufpreis zu erstatten. DIESE RECHTSMITTEL SIND DIE EINZIGEN IHNEN IM FALLE EINES GARANTIEANSPRUCHS ZUR VERFGUNG STEHENDEN RECHTSMITTEL. Wenden Sie sich bei Garantieansprchen an einen Garmin Vertragshndler vor Ort, oder wenden Sie sich telefonisch an den Support von Garmin, um Rcksendeanweisungen und eine RMA-Nummer zu erhalten. Verpacken Sie das Gert sicher, und legen Sie eine Kopie der Originalquittung bei, die als Kaufbeleg fr Garantiereparaturen erforderlich ist. Schreiben Sie die RMA-Nummer deutlich lesbar auf die Auenseite des Pakets. Senden Sie das Gert frankiert an ein Service-Center von Garmin. Kufe ber Onlineaktionen: Fr Produkte, die ber Onlineauktionen erworben wurden, besteht keinerlei Anspruch auf Rabatte oder andere, sich aus der Garantie ergebende Sonderangebote von Garmin. Online-Auktionsbesttigungen werden fr Garantieansprche nicht akzeptiert. Hierfr ist das Original oder eine Kopie des Kaufbelegs des ursprnglichen Einzelhndlers erforderlich. Garmin ersetzt keine fehlenden Komponenten bei Paketsendungen, die ber Online-Auktionen erworben wurden. Internationale Kufe: Fr ber internationale Vertriebspartner auerhalb der USA erworbene Gerte gilt mglicherweise abhngig vom jeweiligen Land eine separate Garantie. Sofern zutreffend wird diese Garantie von dem Vertriebspartner im jeweiligen Land angeboten, der auch den lokalen Service fr das Gert durchfhrt. Garantien von Vertriebspartnern gelten nur in dem fr den Vertrieb vorgesehenen Gebiet. In den USA oder Kanada erworbene Gerte mssen fr Kundendienstzwecke an ein Service-Center von Garmin in Grobritannien, Nordirland, den USA, Kanada oder Taiwan geschickt werden. Gewhrleistungsrichtlinie fr Marineprodukte: Fr einige Marineprodukte von Garmin gelten in bestimmten Gebieten ein lngerer Gewhrleistungszeitraum und zustzliche Bedingungen. Weitere Informationen sind unter www.garmin.com/support/warranty.html verfgbar. Dort knnen Sie auch prfen, ob Ihr Produkt von der Garmin Gewhrleistungsrichtlinie fr Marineprodukte abgedeckt ist. Informacin importante sobre el producto y tu seguridad AVISO Si no se evitan las siguientes situaciones de posible riesgo, se pueden provocar accidentes o colisiones que tengan como consecuencia la muerte o lesiones graves. Avisos sobre la utilizacin en entornos nuticos T eres el responsable del uso seguro y prudente de la embarcacin. Este dispositivo es una herramienta que mejorar la capacidad de dirigir la embarcacin. No te exime de la responsabilidad de utilizar de forma segura la embarcacin. Evita los riesgos de navegacin y nunca dejes el timn sin supervisin. Utiliza esta unidad slo como ayuda para la navegacin. No intentes utilizar la unidad para cualquier otro propsito que requiera mediciones precisas de la direccin, la distancia, la ubicacin o la topografa. Permanece siempre preparado para retomar rpidamente el control de la embarcacin. Mantn la precaucin cuando lo utilices cerca de obstculos en el agua, como diques, pilotes u otras embarcaciones. Al navegar, si la unidad dispone de funciones de navegacin, compara con atencin la informacin que aparece en el dispositivo con todas las fuentes de navegacin disponibles, incluida la informacin de seales, las regulaciones y restricciones locales de los canales de navegacin y los mapas. Para mayor seguridad, resuelve cualquier discrepancia o duda antes de continuar con la navegacin. Si la unidad utiliza mapas, utiliza la carta electrnica del dispositivo slo con fines de ayuda y nunca para sustituir cartas autorizadas por el gobierno. Las cartas oficiales del gobierno y los avisos a los navegantes contienen toda la informacin necesaria para navegar de forma segura. Si la unidad proporciona datos de profundidad, no deben utilizarse como referencia principal para evitar embarrancamientos o colisiones. Las lecturas de los datos de profundidad deben complementarse con la informacin de las cartas en papel y los indicadores visuales correspondientes. Si hay indicios de aguas poco profundas u objetos sumergidos, la embarcacin deber manejarse a una velocidad reducida. De no tenerse en cuenta este aviso, podran producirse daos personales o en la embarcacin. Si la unidad dispone de funciones de entrada de vdeo, no intentes utilizar o ver vdeos mientras ests utilizando o pilotando el barco. El uso o la visualizacin de entrada de vdeo mientras se mueve la embarcacin podra provocar un accidente o colisin que cause la muerte, lesiones graves o daos materiales. Avisos sobre la pila El dispositivo utiliza una batera interna no sustituible por el usuario para diversos propsitos, tales como el reloj. Si no se siguen estas indicaciones, puede reducirse el ciclo vital de las pilas o se pueden producir riesgos de daos al dispositivo, fuego, quemaduras qumicas, fuga de electrolitos y heridas. No retires ni intentes retirar la batera no sustituible por el usuario. Ponte en contacto con el servicio local de recogida de basura para desechar el dispositivo o la pila de forma que cumpla todas las leyes y normativas locales aplicables. Programas medioambientales para el producto Puedes consultar la informacin acerca del programa de reciclado de productos de Garmin y la directiva WEEE, RoHS y REACH, as como de otros programas de cumplimiento en www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Declaracin de conformidad Por la presente, Garmin declara que este producto cumple con los requisitos esenciales y otras disposiciones relevantes de la Directiva 1999/5/CE. Para ver la Declaracin de conformidad completa, visita www.garmin.com/compliance. Conformidad con COFETEL/IFETEL La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. Acuerdo de licencia del software AL UTILIZAR EL DISPOSITIVO, EL USUARIO SE COMPROMETE A RESPETAR LOS TRMINOS Y CONDICIONES DEL SIGUIENTE ACUERDO DE LICENCIA DEL SOFTWARE. EL USUARIO DEBER LEER ESTE ACUERDO ATENTAMENTE. Garmin Ltd. y sus subsidiarias ("Garmin") conceden al usuario una licencia limitada para utilizar el software incluido en este dispositivo (el "Software") en formato binario ejecutable durante el uso normal del producto. La titularidad, los derechos de propiedad y los derechos de propiedad intelectual del Software seguirn perteneciendo a Garmin y/o sus terceros proveedores. El usuario reconoce que el Software es propiedad de Garmin y/o sus terceros proveedores, y que est protegido por las leyes de propiedad intelectual de Estados Unidos y tratados internacionales de copyright. Tambin reconoce que la estructura, la organizacin y el cdigo del Software, del que no se facilita el cdigo fuente, son secretos comerciales valiosos de Garmin y/o sus terceros proveedores, y que el Software en su formato de cdigo fuente es un secreto comercial valioso de Garmin y/o sus terceros proveedores. Por la presente, el usuario se compromete a no descompilar, desmontar, modificar, invertir el montaje, utilizar tcnicas de ingeniera inversa o reducir a un formato legible para las personas el Software o cualquier parte de ste ni crear cualquier producto derivado a partir del Software. Asimismo, se compromete a no exportar ni reexportar el Software a ningn pas que contravenga las leyes de control de las exportaciones de Estados Unidos o de cualquier otro pas aplicable. Informacin sobre datos de mapas Garmin utiliza una serie de fuentes de datos privadas y gubernamentales. Prcticamente todas las fuentes de datos contienen algunos datos inexactos o incompletos. En algunos pases, la informacin completa y precisa de mapas no est disponible o lo est a un precio muy elevado. Garanta limitada Este producto de Garmin est garantizado frente a defectos de materiales o mano de obra durante un ao a partir de la fecha de compra. En este periodo, Garmin puede, segn su criterio, reparar o sustituir cualquier componente que no funcione correctamente. Estas reparaciones o sustituciones se realizarn sin coste alguno para el cliente en concepto de piezas o mano de obra, siempre y cuando el cliente se haga responsable de los gastos de envo. Esta garanta no se aplica a: (i) los daos estticos, tales como araazos, marcas o abolladuras; (ii) las piezas consumibles, tales como las bateras, a no ser que el dao se haya producido por un defecto de los materiales o de la mano de obra; (iii) los daos provocados por accidentes, uso inadecuado, el agua, inundaciones, fuego, otras causas de fuerza mayor o causas externas; (iv) los daos provocados por reparaciones realizadas por un proveedor de servicio no autorizado por Garmin; o (v) los daos ocurridos en productos que hayan sido modificados o alterados sin la autorizacin por escrito de Garmin; (vi) los daos ocurridos en productos conectados a la fuente de alimentacin y/o cables de datos no suministrados por Garmin. Adems, Garmin se reserva el derecho a rechazar reclamaciones de garanta de productos o servicios obtenidos y/o utilizados en contra de las leyes de cualquier pas. Nuestros productos de navegacin se han diseado solamente para proporcionar ayuda durante el viaje y no debern utilizarse con ningn propsito que requiera el clculo preciso de una direccin, distancia, ubicacin o topografa. Garmin no garantiza la precisin ni la integridad de los datos de mapas. Las reparaciones tienen una garanta de 90 das. Si la unidad enviada est cubierta por la garanta original, la nueva garanta es de 90 das o hasta el final del periodo de garanta original de un ao, siendo aplicable el periodo de mayor duracin. LAS GARANTAS Y RECURSOS AQU EXPRESADOS SON EXCLUSIVOS Y SUSTITUYEN A CUALESQUIERA OTRAS GARANTAS, YA SEAN EXPRESAS, IMPLCITAS O REGLAMENTARIAS, INCLUIDAS LAS RESPONSABILIDADES ORIGINADAS POR CUALQUIER GARANTA DE COMERCIABILIDAD O IDONEIDAD PARA UN FIN DETERMINADO, YA SEAN REGLAMENTARIAS O DE OTRO TIPO. ESTA GARANTA PROPORCIONA DERECHOS LEGALES ESPECFICOS QUE PUEDEN VARIAR SEGN LA REGIN. BAJO NINGN CONCEPTO Garmin SE HAR RESPONSABLE POR DAOS IMPREVISTOS, ESPECIALES, INDIRECTOS O EMERGENTES, TANTO SI SON RESULTADO DE LA UTILIZACIN, MALA UTILIZACIN O DESCONOCIMIENTO DEL MANEJO DE ESTE PRODUCTO, COMO SI LO SON POR DEFECTOS EN ESTE. EN ALGUNOS ESTADOS, NO SE PERMITE LA EXCLUSIN DE DAOS IMPREVISTOS O EMERGENTES, POR LO QUE ES POSIBLE QUE LAS LIMITACIONES ANTES MENCIONADAS NO SEAN DE APLICACIN EN EL CASO DEL USUARIO. Garmin se reserva, a su entera discrecin, el derecho exclusivo de reparacin o sustitucin (por un producto nuevo o recin reparado) del dispositivo o del software del mismo, as como el reembolso completo del precio de compra. ESTE RECURSO SER NICO Y EXCLUSIVO EN CASO DE INCUMPLIMIENTO DE LA GARANTA. Para obtener los servicios de garanta, ponte en contacto con el distribuidor local autorizado de Garmin o llama al departamento de asistencia de Garmin para obtener instrucciones para el envo y un nmero de seguimiento RMA. Embala de forma segura el dispositivo e incluye una copia de la factura original (es necesaria como comprobante de compra para las reparaciones bajo garanta). Escribe claramente el nmero de seguimiento en el exterior del paquete. Enva el dispositivo con los gastos de envo prepagados a cualquier estacin de servicio de garanta de Garmin. Compras en subastas en lnea: los productos que se adquieren a travs de subastas en lnea no pueden formar parte de los descuentos u otras ofertas especiales de la cobertura de la garanta de Garmin. No se aceptan las confirmaciones de subasta en lnea como comprobante de garanta. Para recibir asistencia dentro del periodo de garanta, se necesita el original o una copia de la factura del establecimiento de compra original. Garmin no sustituir componentes que falten de cualquier caja que se compre a travs de una subasta en lnea. Ventas internacionales: segn el pas, los distribuidores internacionales pueden ofrecer una garanta por separado para los dispositivos adquiridos fuera de Estados Unidos. Si corresponde, los distribuidores locales de cada pas ofrecen esta garanta y son estos distribuidores los que proporcionan un servicio local para el dispositivo. Las garantas del distribuidor son vlidas solamente en el rea de distribucin proyectada. Los dispositivos comprados en Estados Unidos o Canad deben devolverse al centro de reparaciones autorizado por Garmin en el Reino Unido, Estados Unidos, Canad o Taiwn para su reparacin. Poltica de garanta nutica: determinados productos nuticos de Garmin en reas concretas tienen un periodo de garanta mayor y unos trminos y condiciones adicionales. Visita www.garmin.com/support/warranty.html para obtener ms informacin y ver si tu producto est cubierto por la Poltica de garanta nutica de Garmin. Informaes importantes de segurana e do produto AVISO No evitar as seguintes situaes potencialmente perigosas pode resultar em acidente ou coliso e, consequentemente, morte ou ferimentos graves. Avisos de funcionamento martimo A utilizao segura e prudente da sua embarcao da sua inteira responsabilidade. Este dispositivo uma ferramenta que ir melhorar a sua capacidade de operar a embarcao. No o isenta da responsabilidade de utilizar a embarcao de forma segura. Evite os perigos de navegao e nunca deixe o leme sem superviso. Utilize este dispositivo apenas como um auxiliar de navegao. No tente utilizar o dispositivo para fins que exijam a medio precisa da direo, distncia, localizao ou topografia. Esteja sempre preparado para retomar o controlo da embarcao. Tenha cuidado perto de perigos na gua, como docas, estacas e outras embarcaes. Se o dispositivo tiver capacidades de navegao, ao navegar, compare cuidadosamente as informaes apresentadas no dispositivo com todas as fontes de navegao disponveis, incluindo informaes visuais, regras e restries de cursos de gua locais e mapas. Por razes de segurana, resolva sempre quaisquer discrepncias ou questes antes de continuar a navegao. Se o dispositivo utilizar mapas, utilize a carta eletrnica do mesmo apenas para facilitar, e no para substituir, a utilizao das cartas governamentais autorizadas. As cartas governamentais e os avisos a marinheiros oficiais contm todas as informaes necessrias para navegar em segurana. Se o dispositivo fornecer dados de profundidade, no deve ser utilizado como o principal meio de preveno de situaes de encalhe ou coliso. Complemente as leituras dos dados de profundidade com as informaes das cartas em papel e dos indicadores visuais aplicveis. Conduza sempre a embarcao a velocidades reduzidas quando suspeitar da passagem por guas rasas ou da existncia de objetos submersos. O desrespeito deste aviso poder provocar danos na embarcao ou danos pessoais. Se o dispositivo tiver capacidade de entrada de vdeo, no tente operar ou visualizar vdeo enquanto manobra ou navega na sua embarcao. A operao ou visualizao de entradas de vdeo com a embarcao em movimento poder provocar acidentes ou colises, que podero resultar em danos materiais, ferimentos graves ou morte. Avisos relativos bateria O dispositivo utiliza para vrios fins uma bateria interna e no substituvel pelo utilizador, nomeadamente como relgio de tempo real. Em caso de incumprimento destas diretrizes, a vida til das baterias poder diminuir ou estas podero apresentar o risco de provocar danos ao dispositivo, incndios, queimaduras qumicas, fuga de eletrlitos e/ou ferimentos. No retire nem tente retirar a bateria no substituvel pelo utilizador. Contacte o seu departamento local de tratamento de resduos para eliminar corretamente o dispositivo/as baterias de acordo com as leis e os regulamentos locais aplicveis. Programas ambientais de produtos Pode encontrar informaes sobre o programa de reciclagem de produtos da Garmin e programas em conformidade com as normas WEEE, RoHS, REACH, entre outras, em www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Declarao de conformidade Por este meio, a Garmin declara que este produto cumpre os requisitos fundamentais e restantes provises aplicveis constantes da Diretiva 1999/5/CE. Para ver a Declarao de conformidade completa, v a www.garmin.com/compliance. Informao de dados do mapa A Garmin recorre a uma combinao de fontes de dados privadas e governamentais. Quase todas as fontes de dados contm informaes de alguma forma imprecisas ou incompletas. Em alguns pases, no se encontram disponveis informaes do mapa completas e exatas ou as mesmas tm custos proibitivos. Garantia Limitada Este produto Garmin encontra-se garantido contra defeitos de materiais ou de fabrico durante um ano a partir da data de compra. Durante este perodo, a Garmin reparar ou substituir, exclusivamente ao seu prprio critrio, os componentes que no apresentem o desempenho 5 normal esperado. Esta reparao ou substituio ser realizada sem qualquer encargo para o cliente no que respeita a peas e mo de obra, desde que o cliente se responsabilize pelos custos de transporte. Esta garantia no se aplica a: (i) danos externos, tais como riscos, amolgadelas e fendas; (ii) partes consumveis, tais como pilhas, salvo se os danos no produto resultarem de um defeito de materiais ou de fabrico; (iii) danos resultantes de acidentes, uso excessivo ou incorreto, gua, inundaes, incndios ou outras causas naturais ou externas; (iv) danos causados por reparaes realizadas por qualquer pessoa que no um fornecedor de servios autorizado da Garmin; (v) danos em qualquer produto que tenha sido sujeito a modificaes ou alteraes sem a autorizao da Garmin por escrito; ou (vi) danos em qualquer produto que tenha sido ligado a cabos de alimentao/dados no fornecidos pela Garmin. Alm disso, a Garmin reserva-se o direito de recusar servios de garantia de produtos ou reparaes obtidos e/ou utilizados em transgresso das leis de qualquer pas. Os produtos de navegao da Garmin foram concebidos para ser usados exclusivamente como auxiliares de viagens, no podendo nunca ser utilizados para quaisquer finalidades que requerem medies precisas da direo, distncia, localizao ou topografia. A Garmin no oferece quaisquer garantias quanto exatido ou preciso dos dados do mapa. As reparaes tm uma garantia de 90 dias. Se a unidade enviada ainda estiver coberta pela garantia original, a nova garantia ser de 90 dias ou at ao final da garantia original de 1 ano, dependendo de qual tenha uma durao maior. AS GARANTIAS E RECURSOS ENUMERADOS NESTE DOCUMENTO SO EXCLUSIVOS E SUBSTITUEM QUALQUER OUTRA GARANTIA EXPLCITA, IMPLCITA OU ESTATUTRIA, INCLUINDO A RESPONSABILIDADE RESULTANTE DE QUALQUER GARANTIA DE COMERCIABILIDADE OU ADEQUAO PARA UM DETERMINADO FIM, ESTATUTRIO OU OUTRO. ESTA GARANTIA CONCEDE-LHE DIREITOS LEGAIS ESPECFICOS, QUE PODEM VARIAR DE ESTADO PARA ESTADO. A Garmin NO SER RESPONSVEL, EM QUAISQUER CIRCUNSTNCIAS, POR DANOS INCIDENTAIS, ESPECIAIS, INDIRETOS OU CONSEQUENTES, CAUSADOS PELA UTILIZAO, M UTILIZAO OU INCAPACIDADE DE UTILIZAR ESTE PRODUTO OU POR DEFEITOS NO MESMO. ALGUNS ESTADOS NO PERMITEM A EXCLUSO DE DANOS ACIDENTAIS OU CONSEQUENCIAIS, PELO QUE AS LIMITAES ACIMA PODERO NO SER APLICVEIS NO SEU CASO. A Garmin reserva-se o direito exclusivo de reparar ou substituir (com um produto de substituio novo ou renovado) o dispositivo ou software ou oferecer um reembolso total do preo de compra sua exclusiva discrio. TAL RECURSO CONSTITUIR O NICO E EXCLUSIVO RECURSO DO PROPRIETRIO EM CASO DE VIOLAO DE GARANTIA. Para obter servios ao abrigo da garantia, contacte o seu representante autorizado Garmin, em alternativa, telefone para a Assistncia ao Produto Garmin e obtenha instrues de envio e um nmero de controlo RMA. Embale com cuidado o dispositivo e uma cpia do recibo de compra original, necessria como comprovativo de compra para a obteno de servios de reparao ao abrigo da garantia. Escreva o nmero de controlo com nitidez no exterior da embalagem. O dispositivo dever ser enviado a um dos balces de servios de garantia da Garmin (com gastos de envio pr-pagos). Compras em leiles online: os produtos vendidos em leiles online no so passveis de abatimento ou outra oferta especial por parte da cobertura de garantia da Garmin. No se aceitam confirmaes de compra em leiles online para verificao da garantia. Para obteno do servio de garantia, necessrio o original ou cpia do recibo de compra do comerciante original. A Garmin no substitui componentes em falta de qualquer embalagem adquirida atravs de leiles online. Compras internacionais: dependendo do pas, os distribuidores internacionais podero fornecer uma garantia em separado para dispositivos comprados fora dos Estados Unidos. Se aplicvel, tal garantia fornecida pelo distribuidor local, o qual proporciona os servios de reparao do dispositivo. As garantias dos distribuidores so vlidas apenas na rea a que se destinam. Os dispositivos adquiridos nos Estados Unidos ou Canad devero ser devolvidos ao centro de reparaes Garmin no Reino Unido, Estados Unidos, Canad ou Taiwan. Poltica de Garantia de Produtos Nuticos: certos produtos nuticos da Garmin tm um perodo de garantia maior e termos e condies adicionais em certas reas. Aceda a www.garmin.com/support/warranty.html para obter mais detalhes e ver se o seu produto est coberto pela Poltica de Garantia de Produtos Nuticos Garmin. Informaes importantes sobre segurana e o produto ATENO No evitar as seguintes situaes de risco em potencial pode resultar em acidente ou coliso, resultando em morte ou ferimento srio. Avisos de operao martima Voc responsvel pela operao prudente e segura da sua embarcao. Este dispositivo uma ferramenta que aprimorar a operao da sua embarcao. Este dispositivo no o isenta da responsabilidade de operar sua embarcao com segurana. Evite perigos na navegao e nunca deixe o leme sem superviso. Use este dispositivo somente como assistncia navegao. No tente usar o dispositivo para qualquer finalidade que exija medio precisa da direo, distncia, localizao ou topografia. Esteja sempre preparado para retomar o controle da embarcao. Tome cuidado prximo a ameaas e perigos na gua, como cais, estacas e outras embarcaes. Se o dispositivo contar com recursos de navegao, ao navegar, compare as informaes exibidas no dispositivo a todas as demais fontes de navegao disponveis, inclusive informaes de apurao visual, normas e restries de navegao locais e mapas. Por motivo de segurana, sempre resolva quaisquer discrepncias ou dvidas antes de prosseguir com a navegao. Se o dispositivo usar mapas, use o grfico eletrnico no dispositivo somente para facilitar, o uso de grficos autorizados pelo governo, e no para substitu-los. Avisos e grficos oficiais do governo para marinheiros contm todas as informaes necessrias para navegar com segurana. Se o dispositivo apresentar dados sobre a profundidade, esses dados no devem ser usados como o principal meio de evitar colises e encalhes. Leituras de dados complementares sobre profundidade com informaes de grficos impressos e indicadores visuais aplicveis. Sempre operar a embarcao em baixa velocidade caso haja suspeita de guas rasas e objetos submersos. A falha de ateno com relao a esse aviso pode levar a danos embarcao ou a ferimentos pessoais. Se o dispositivo tiver recursos de entrada de vdeo, no tente operar ou assistir ao vdeo enquanto estiver operando ou navegando sua embarcao. Operar ou assistir ao vdeo enquanto a embarcao estiver em movimento pode causar acidentes ou colises que podem resultar em danos materiais, ferimentos graves ou morte. Avisos relativos bateria O dispositivo utiliza uma bateria interna e no substituvel pelo usurio para diversas finalidades, como o relgio em tempo real. Em caso de descumprimento destas instrues, a vida til das baterias poder diminuir, ou estas podero apresentar o risco de danificar o dispositivo, de incndios, queimaduras qumicas, vazamento de eletrlito e/ou ferimentos. No retire nem tente retirar a bateria no substituvel pelo usurio. Contate seu departamento de tratamento de resduos local para eliminar corretamente o dispositivo/baterias de acordo com as leis e os regulamentos locais vigentes. 6 Programas Ambientais do Produto Informaes sobre o programa de reciclagem de produtos da Garmin, sobre WEEE, RoHS, REACH e outros programas de conformidade podem ser consultadas em www.garmin.com

/aboutGarmin/environment. Declarao de Conformidade Por meio da presente, a Garmin declara que este produto est em conformidade com os requisitos essenciais e outras provises relevantes da Diretiva 1999/5/EC. Para conferir a Declarao de Conformidade completa, acesse www.garmin.com/compliance. Informaes Sobre os Dados do Mapa A Garmin recorre a uma combinao de fontes de dados privadas e governamentais. Praticamente todas as fontes de dados contm alguns dados imprecisos ou incompletos. Em alguns pases, informaes de mapa completas e precisas no esto disponveis ou so extremamente caras. Garantia Limitada Este produto Garmin encontra-se garantido contra defeitos de materiais ou de fabrico durante um ano a partir da data de compra. Durante este perodo, a Garmin reparar ou substituir, exclusivamente a seu prprio critrio, os componentes que no apresentarem o desempenho normal esperado. Tal reparo ou substituio ser feito sem custo para o cliente com relao a peas ou trabalho, desde que o cliente se responsabilize por qualquer custo de transporte. Esta garantia no se aplica a: (i) danos externos, tais como riscos, cortes e amassados; (ii) peas consumveis, tais como pilhas, salvo se os danos no produto forem resultado de um defeito de materiais ou de fabrico; (iii) danos resultantes de acidentes, uso excessivo ou incorreto, gua, inundaes, incndios ou outras causas naturais ou externas; (iv) danos causados por reparaes realizadas por qualquer pessoa que no um fornecedor de servios autorizado da Garmin; (v) danos em qualquer produto que tenha sido sujeito a modificaes ou alteraes sem a autorizao da Garmin por escrito; ou (vi) danos em qualquer produto que tenha sido ligado a cabos de alimentao/dados no fornecidos pela Garmin. Alm disso, a Garmin reserva-se o direito de recusar servios de garantia de produtos ou reparaes obtidos e/ou utilizados em transgresso das leis de qualquer pas. Os produtos de navegao da Garmin foram concebidos para serem usados exclusivamente como auxiliares de viagens, no podendo nunca ser utilizados para quaisquer finalidades que requerem medies precisas da direo, distncia, localizao ou topografia.A Garmin no oferece quaisquer garantias quanto exatido ou preciso dos dados do mapa. Os reparos tm uma garantia de 90 dias. Se a unidade enviada ainda estiver coberta pela garantia original, a nova garantia ser de 90 dias ou at ao final da garantia original de 1 ano, dependendo de qual tiver uma durao maior. AS GARANTIAS E OS RECURSOS NA PRESENTE SO EXCLUSIVOS E SUBSTITUEM QUALQUER OUTRA GARANTIA TCITA, ESCRITA, EXPLCITA, IMPLCITA OU ESTATUTRIA, INCLUSIVE, ENTRE OUTRAS, QUALQUER RESPONSABILIDADE RESULTANTE DE QUALQUER GARANTIA DE COMERCIABILIDADE OU ADEQUAO PARA UM DETERMINADO FIM, ESTATUTRIO OU DE OUTRO MODO. ESTA GARANTIA LHE CONCEDE DIREITOS LEGAIS ESPECFICOS, OS QUAIS PODEM VARIAR DE ACORDO COM ESTADO. A Garmin NO SER RESPONSVEL, EM QUAISQUER CIRCUNSTNCIAS, POR DANOS INCIDENTAIS, ESPECIAIS, INDIRETOS OU CONSEQUENTES, CAUSADOS PELA UTILIZAO, M UTILIZAO OU INCAPACIDADE DE UTILIZAR ESTE PRODUTO OU POR DEFEITOS NO MESMO. ALGUNS ESTADOS NO PERMITEM A EXCLUSO DE INDENIZAES INCIDENTAIS OU CONSEQUENCIAIS, PORTANTO, AS RESTRIES ACIMA PODEM NO SE APLICAR A VOC. A Garmin reserva-se o direito exclusivo de reparar ou substituir (por um produto de substituio novo ou renovado) o dispositivo ou software ou oferecer um reembolso total do preo de compra a seu exclusivo critrio. TAL RECURSO CONSTITUIR SEU NICO E EXCLUSIVO RECURSO PARA QUALQUER VIOLAO DE GARANTIA. Para obter servios ao abrigo da garantia, contate seu representante autorizado Garmin ou ligue para a Assistncia ao Produto Garmin e obtenha instrues de envio e um nmero de controle RMA. Embale cuidadosamente o produto e uma cpia da nota original de venda, que necessria como prova de compra para reparos de garantia. Escreva o nmero de rastreamento de forma bem clara e legvel na parte externa do pacote. O dispositivo dever ser enviado a um dos balces de servios de garantia da Garmin (com gastos de envio pr-pagos). Compras em leiles online: os produtos comprados em leiles online no so passveis de abatimento ou outra oferta especial da cobertura de garantia da Garmin. Confirmaes de compra em leiles on-line no so aceitas para verificao da garantia. Para obter o servio de garantia, necessria a nota de venda original, ou uma cpia, do distribuidor original.A Garmin no substitui componentes em falta de qualquer pacote adquirido atravs de leiles online. Compras Internacionais: dependendo do pas, uma garantia separada deve ser oferecida por distribuidores internacionais para dispositivos adquiridos fora dos Estados Unidos. Se aplicvel, essa garantia pode ser providenciada pelo distribuidor local no pas, e esse distribuidor oferecer manuteno local para seu dispositivo. As garantias do distribuidor so vlidas apenas na rea de distribuio pretendida. Os dispositivos adquiridos nos Estados Unidos ou Canad devero ser devolvidos ao centro de servio Garmin no Reino Unido, Estados Unidos, Canad ou Taiwan para manuteno. Poltica de Garantia de Produtos Nuticos: determinados produtos nuticos da Garmin em determinadas reas tm um perodo de garantia maior e termos e condies adicionais. Acesse www.garmin.com/support/warranty.html para obter mais detalhes e ver se seu produto est coberto pela Poltica de Garantia de Produtos Nuticos Garmin. Belangrijke veiligheids- en productinformatie WAARSCHUWING Vermijd de volgende mogelijk gevaarlijke situaties omdat deze kunnen leiden tot een ongeval of aanrijding wat de dood of ernstig letsel tot gevolg kan hebben. Waarschuwing over de bediening voor de watersport U bent verantwoordelijk voor de veilige en voorzichtige besturing van uw vaartuig. Dit toestel is een hulpmiddel waarmee u uw vaartuig beter kunt besturen. Het ontheft u echter niet van uw verantwoordelijkheid om het vaartuig veilig te besturen. Voorkom gevaarlijke navigatie en zorg ervoor dat het roer nooit onbemand is. Gebruik dit toestel uitsluitend als navigatiehulpmiddel. Gebruik het toestel niet voor enig doel waarbij precieze bepalingen van richting, afstand, locatie of topografie zijn vereist. Wees altijd bereid om snel de besturing van uw vaartuig over te nemen. Wees voorzichtig in de buurt van gevaren op het water, zoals dokken, palen en andere vaartuigen. Als het toestel navigatiemogelijkheden heeft, vergelijkt u de informatie die het toestel weergeeft tijdens het navigeren met alle beschikbare navigatiebronnen, inclusief informatie van visuele waarnemingen, uit lokale voorschriften en beperkingen voor waterwegen, en van kaarten. Los voor uw eigen veiligheid eventuele verschillen of zaken die u zich afvraagt altijd op voor u verdergaat. Als het toestel gebruikmaakt van kaarten, gebruikt u de elektronische kaart in het toestel alleen om het gebruik van door de overheid goedgekeurde kaarten te vergemakkelijken, niet om deze te vervangen. De officile overheidskaarten en -mededelingen voor zeevarenden bevatten alle informatie die nodig is om veilig te kunnen navigeren. Als het toestel dieptegegevens verstrekt, mogen deze niet als primaire informatiebron worden gebruikt om aanvaringen en aan de grond lopen te voorkomen. Vul dieptegegevens van dit product aan met informatie van waterkaarten en visuele aanwijzingen. Vaar altijd met lage snelheid als u ondiep water of obstakels onder water vermoedt. Het niet in acht nemen van deze waarschuwing kan leiden tot averij of persoonlijk letsel. Als het toestel over videomogelijkheden beschikt, probeer dan geen video te bedienen of te bekijken terwijl u uw vaartuig bestuurt of navigeert. Het bedienen of bekijken van de video terwijl het vaartuig beweegt kan leiden tot een ongeval of aanvaring en kan beschadiging van eigendommen, ernstige verwondingen of de dood tot gevolg hebben. Batterijwaarschuwingen Het toestel gebruikt een interne batterij die niet door de gebruiker kan worden vervangen voor diverse functies, zoals de real-time klok. Het niet opvolgen van deze richtlijnen kan tot gevolg hebben dat de levensduur van de batterij wordt verkort, of dat het risico ontstaat van schade aan het toestel, brand, chemische ontbranding, elektrolytische lekkage en/of letsel. Verwijder de niet door de gebruiker te vervangen batterij niet en probeer dit ook niet. Neem volgens de plaatselijke regelgeving contact op met de afvalverwerker om het toestel/

batterijen af te danken. Productmilieuprogramma's Informatie over het hergebruikprogramma van Garmin en informatie over naleving van WEEE, RoHS, REACH en andere programma's vindt u op www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Conformiteitsverklaring Hierbij verklaart Garmin dat dit product voldoet aan de basiseisen en overige relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG. De volledige conformiteitsverklaring kunt u lezen op www.garmin.com/compliance. Informatie over de kaartgegevens Garmin gebruikt deels gegevensbronnen van de overheid en deels particuliere gegevensbronnen. Vrijwel alle gegevensbronnen bevatten een bepaalde mate van onnauwkeurigheid. In sommige landen zijn volledige en nauwkeurige kaartgegevens niet beschikbaar of onbetaalbaar. Beperkte garantie Dit Garmin product wordt gegarandeerd vrij te zijn van defecten in materiaal en techniek gedurende n jaar na de aankoopdatum. Binnen deze periode zal Garmin alle onderdelen waarvan een normaal gebruik niet mogelijk is, naar eigen keuze repareren of vervangen. Voor dergelijke reparaties of vervangingen zullen aan de klant geen kosten worden gefactureerd voor onderdelen of arbeid, op voorwaarde dat de klant verantwoordelijk blijft voor eventuele transportkosten. Deze garantie is niet van toepassing op: (i) Cosmetische schade, zoals krassen, sneden en deuken; (ii) verbruiksgoederen, zoals batterijen, tenzij productschade het gevolg is van defect materiaal of ondeugdelijk vakmanschap; (iii) schade als gevolg van ongelukken, misbruik, verkeerd gebruik, water, overstroming, brand of andere natuurrampen of externe oorzaken; (iv) schade als gevolg van onderhoud uitgevoerd door personen die niet door Garmin bevoegd zijn verklaard tot het uitvoeren van onderhoud; (v) schade aan een product dat is veranderd zonder de schriftelijke toestemming van Garmin; of (vi) schade aan een product dat is aangesloten op voeding en/of gegevenskabels die niet door Garmin zijn meegeleverd. Bovendien behoudt Garmin zich het recht voor garantieclaims af te wijzen voor producten of diensten die zijn verkregen en/of gebruikt in strijd met de wetten van een land. Onze navigatieproducten zijn uitsluitend bestemd voor gebruik als hulp bij het reizen en mogen niet worden gebruikt voor doeleinden waarbij precieze metingen van richting, afstand, locatie of topografie vereist zijn. Garmin geeft geen enkele garantie op de nauwkeurigheid of volledigheid van de kaartgegevens. Er is 90 dagen garantie op reparaties. Als het toestel ter reparatie wordt opgestuurd tijdens de originele garantieperiode, duurt de nieuwe garantieperiode 90 dagen of tot het einde van de originele garantieperiode van 1 jaar, naargelang welke periode het langst duurt. DE GENOEMDE GARANTIES EN VERHAALMOGELIJKHEDEN ZIJN EXCLUSIEF EN IN PLAATS VAN ALLE OVERIGE GARANTIES, UITDRUKKELIJK OF IMPLICIET OF WETTELIJK, INCLUSIEF ENIGE AANSPRAKELIJKHEID ONDER ENIGE GARANTIE VOOR VERKOOPBAARHEID OF GESCHIKTHEID VOOR EEN BEPAALD DOEL, WETTELIJK OF ANDERS. DEZE GARANTIE GEEFT U SPECIFIEKE RECHTEN, DIE VAN STAAT TOT STAAT KUNNEN VARIREN. IN GEEN ENKEL GEVAL ZAL Garmin AANSPRAKELIJK ZIJN VOOR ENIGE INCIDENTELE, SPECIALE, INDIRECTE OF GEVOLGSCHADE, OF DEZE NU HET RESULTAAT IS VAN HET GEBRUIK, MISBRUIK OF ONVERMOGEN OM DIT PRODUCT TE GEBRUIKEN, OF VAN EEN DEFECT VAN HET PRODUCT. IN BEPAALDE STATEN IS DE UITSLUITING VAN INCIDENTELE OF GEVOLGSCHADE NIET TOEGESTAAN. DE BOVENSTAANDE BEPERKINGEN ZIJN MOGELIJK NIET OP U VAN TOEPASSING. Garmin behoudt het exclusieve recht om naar eigen keuze het toestel of de software te repareren, of vervangen (door een nieuw of gereviseerd vervangend product) of een volledige teruggave van de aankoopprijs te bieden. EEN DERGELIJKE VERHAALMOGELIJKHEID ZAL UW ENIGE EN EXCLUSIEVE VERHAALMOGELIJKHEID ZIJN INDIEN DE GARANTIE NIET WORDT GERESPECTEERD. Neem contact op met een gecertificeerde Garmin dealer voor garantieservices, of neem telefonisch contact op met Garmin Productondersteuning voor verzendinstructies en een RMA-

trackingnummer. Verpak het toestel deugdelijk en voeg een kopie van de oorspronkelijke verkoopnota bij als aankoopbewijs voor reparaties die onder de garantie vallen. Vermeld het trackingnummer duidelijk op de buitenkant van de verpakking. Verzend het toestel naar een garantieservicestation van Garmin. De vrachtkosten moeten vooruit zijn betaald. Aankopen via onlineveilingen: Producten die zijn aangekocht via onlineveilingen komen volgens de garantie niet in aanmerking voor kortingen en andere aanbiedingen van Garmin. Aankoopbevestigingen van onlineveilingen worden niet geaccepteerd als garantiebewijs. Om gebruik te kunnen maken van de garantieservice, is de oorspronkelijke of een kopie van de aankoopnota vereist van de winkel waar u het systeem hebt gekocht. Garmin vervangt geen onderdelen van pakketten die zijn aangeschaft via een onlineveiling. Internationale aankopen: Distributeurs buiten de Verenigde Staten verstrekken mogelijk een aparte garantie voor toestellen die buiten de Verenigde Staten zijn aangeschaft. Dit kan per land verschillen. Indien van toepassing wordt deze garantie verstrekt door de lokale binnenlandse distributeur die ook lokaal service voor het toestel verleent. Garanties door distributeurs zijn alleen geldig in het gebied waarvoor de distributie is bedoeld. Toestellen die zijn gekocht in de Verenigde Staten of Canada moeten voor service worden geretourneerd naar het servicekantoor van Garmin in het Verenigd Koninkrijk, de Verenigde Staten, Canada of Taiwan. Watersportgarantiebeleid: Bepaalde watersportproducten van Garmin hebben in bepaalde regio's een langere garantieperiode en aanvullende voorwaarden. Ga naar www.garmin.com

/support/warranty.html voor meer informatie en om na te gaan of uw product onder het Watersportgarantiebeleid van Garmin valt. Vigtige produkt- og sikkerhedsinformationer ADVARSEL Hvis flgende potentielt farlige situationer ikke undgs, kan det resultere i ulykker eller sammenstd med dd eller alvorlige personskader til flge. Advarsler for marin betjening Du er ansvarlig for sikker og forsigtig betjening af dit fartj. Enheden er et vrktj, der forger dine muligheder for at betjene dit fartj. Den fritager dig ikke for ansvaret for sikker betjening af dit fartj. Undg navigationsmssige farer, og lad aldrig manvrepulten vre ubemandet. Brug kun denne enhed som en navigationshjlp. Brug ikke enheden til forml, der krver prcise mlinger af retning, afstand, position eller topografi. Vr altid parat til omgende at overtage styringen af fartjet. Udvis forsigtighed i nrheden af farer i vandet som f.eks. kajer, ple og andre fartjer. Hvis enheden har navigationsegenskaber, br du, nr du navigerer, omhyggeligt sammenholde de oplysninger, der vises p enheden, med alle tilgngelige navigationskilder, bl.a. oplysninger fra synsindtryk, lokale regler for vandveje og kort. Du skal for sikkerhedens skyld altid lse evt. uoverensstemmelser eller sprgsml, fr du fortstter navigationen. Hvis enheden anvender kort, br du kun bruge det elektroniske kort i enheden til at lette brugen af autoriserede kort, ikke til at erstatte dem. Officielle kort og oplysninger til sfarten indeholder alle de oplysninger, der er ndvendige for sikker navigation. Dybdedata fra dette produkt, hvis sdanne er tilgngelige, m ikke bruges som primr metode til at undg grundstdning eller kollision. Suppler dybdedata-aflsninger med information fra relevante papirkort og visuelle indtryk. Styr altid fartjet ved lav hastighed, hvis du har mistanke om lavt vand eller undervandsobjekter. Hvis denne advarsel overses, kan det medfre beskadigelse af fartjet eller personskader. Hvis enheden har mulighed for videoindgang, m du ikke forsge at betjene eller se video, mens du betjener eller navigerer fartjet. Hvis du betjener eller ser video, mens fartjet er i bevgelse, kan det forrsage ulykker eller sammenstd med materiel skade, alvorlig personskade eller dd til flge. Batteriadvarsler Enheden bruger et indbygget batteri, der ikke kan udskiftes af brugeren, til forskellige forml som f.eks. realtidsuret. Hvis disse retningslinjer ikke overholdes, kan batterierne f en kortere levetid eller forrsage beskadigelse af enheden, brand, kemisk forbrnding, elektrolytlkage og/eller personskade. Du m ikke fjerne eller forsge at fjerne batteriet, der ikke kan udskiftes af brugeren. Kontakt din lokale genbrugsstation for at f oplysninger om korrekt bortskaffelse af enheden/

batteriet i overensstemmelse med gldende love og regulativer. Miljvenlige produktprogrammer Oplysninger om Garmin produktgenanvendelsesprogrammet og WEEE, RoHS, REACH og andre overvgningsprogrammer kan findes p www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Overensstemmelseserklring Garmin erklrer hermed, at dette produkt overholder de essentielle krav og andre relevante dele af direktivet 1999/5/EC. Hvis du vil se hele overensstemmelseserklringen, skal du g til www.garmin.com/compliance. Information om kortdata Garmin anvender en kombination af officielle og private datakilder. Nsten alle datakilder indeholder nogle unjagtige eller ufuldstndige data. I visse lande er fuldstndig og njagtig kortinformation enten ikke tilgngelig, eller den er uforholdsmssigt dyr. Begrnset garanti Dette Garmin produkt garanteres at vre fri for fejl og mangler i materialer og udfrelse i t r fra kbsdatoen. I denne periode vil Garmin efter eget valg reparere eller udskifte alle komponenter, der ikke fungerer ved normal brug. Sdanne reparationer eller udskiftninger foretages uden beregning for kunden, hvad angr reservedele og arbejdsln, mens kunden er ansvarlig for eventuelle transportomkostninger. Denne garanti dkker ikke: (i) kosmetiske skader som f.eks. ridser, skrammer og buler; (ii) forbrugsartikler som f.eks. batterier, medmindre der er opstet produktskader pga. en defekt i materialer eller udfrelse; (iii) skader forrsaget af ulykker, forkert brug, misbrug, vand, oversvmmelse, brand eller andre naturkatastrofer eller udefrakommende rsager; (iv) skader pga. service, der er udfrt af en person, som ikke er en autoriseret serviceudbyder Garmin; eller (v) skader p et produkt, som er blevet modificeret eller ndret uden skriftlig tilladelse fra Garmin, eller (vi) skader p et produkt, som er blevet sluttet til strm- og/eller datakabler, der ikke kommer fra Garmin. Garmin forbeholder sig desuden ret til at afvise garantikrav angende produkter eller tjenester, der erhverves og/eller bruges i modstrid med lovgivningen i noget land. Vores navigationsprodukter er beregnet til kun at blive brugt som et rejsehjlpemiddel og m ikke anvendes til noget forml, som krver njagtig mling af retning, afstand, position eller topografi. Garmin udsteder ingen garanti for, at kortdataene er njagtige eller komplette. Reparationer har en garantiperiode p 90 dage. Hvis den oprindelige garanti for den enhed, der sendes ind, stadig glder, er den nye garantiperiode p 90 dage eller til slutningen af den oprindelige 1-rige garantiperiode - den lngste af disse perioder er gldende. DE OMTALTE GARANTIER OG FEJLRETTELSER ER UDTMMENDE OG TRDER I STEDET FOR ALLE ANDRE GARANTIER, BDE UDTRYKKELIGE, UNDERFORSTEDE OG LOVMSSIGE, HERUNDER EVENTUELT ANSVAR SOM FLGE AF GARANTI FOR SALGBARHED ELLER EGNETHED TIL ET BESTEMT FORML, SOM MTTE SKYLDES LOVMSSIGE ELLER ANDRE FORHOLD. DENNE GARANTI GIVER DIG BESTEMTE JURIDISKE RETTIGHEDER, SOM KAN VARIERE FRA LAND TIL LAND. UNDER INGEN OMSTNDIGHEDER ER Garmin ANSVARLIG FOR NOGEN EKSTRASKADER, SRLIGE SKADER, INDIREKTE SKADER ELLER FLGESKADER, HVAD ENTEN DE SKYLDES BRUG, MISBRUG ELLER MANGLENDE EVNE TIL BRUG AF DETTE PRODUKT ELLER FEJL OG MANGLER VED PRODUKTET. NOGLE LANDE TILLADER IKKE UDELUKKELSE AF ANSVAR FOR INDIREKTE TAB ELLER FLGESKADER, S OVENSTENDE BEGRNSNINGER GLDER MULIGVIS IKKE FOR DIG. Garmin forbeholder sig den fulde ret til efter eget skn at reparere eller udskifte enheden eller softwaren (med et nyt eller nyligt grundigt efterset erstatningsprodukt) eller tilbyde fuld refundering af kbsprisen. DEN VALGTE LSNING ER DIN ENESTE LSNING P ETHVERT BRUD P GARANTIEN. Kontakt den lokale autoriserede Garmin forhandler for at f garantiservice, eller ring til Garmin produktsupport for forsendelsesinstruktioner og et RMA-registreringsnummer. Pak enheden sikkert ind, og vedlg en kopi af den originale faktura, der krves som bevis for kbet, med henblik p reparation i henhold til garantien. Skriv registreringsnummeret tydeligt uden p pakken. Enheden skal sendes med forudbetalt fragt til en Garmin garantiservicestation. Kb fra onlineauktioner: Produkter, som er kbt gennem onlineauktioner, berettiger ikke til rabatter eller andre srtilbud fra Garmin garantidkning. Onlineauktionsbekrftelser accepteres ikke som bevis p krav om garanti. Der krves en original faktura fra forhandleren

(eller en kopi af den) for at f garantiservice. Garmin vil ikke erstatte manglende dele fra en pakke, der er kbt p en onlineauktion. Internationale kb: Der udstedes muligvis en separat garanti af internationale forhandlere for enheder, som er kbt uden for USA afhngigt af landet. Hvis en sdan garanti findes, gives den af den lokale forhandler i landet, og denne forhandler yder lokal service til din enhed. Forhandlergarantier glder kun i de tilsigtede distributionsomrder. Enheder, som er kbt i USA eller Canada, skal returneres til et Garmin servicecenter i Storbritannien, USA, Canada eller Taiwan for service. Marine Garantipolitik: Visse Garmin Marineprodukter i visse omrder har en lngere garantiperiode og ekstra vilkr og betingelser. G til www.garmin.com/support/warranty.html for at f yderligere oplysninger, og for at se, om dit produkt er omfattet af Garmin Marine Garantipolitik. Trkeit turvallisuus- ja tuotetietoja VAROITUS Jos et vlt seuraavia mahdollisesti vaarallisia tilanteita, voit joutua kuolemaan tai vakavaan loukkaantumiseen johtavaan onnettomuuteen tai trmykseen. Veneilykytn varoitukset Olet vastuussa aluksen turvallisesta ja jrkevst kytst. Tm laite on tykalu, joka tehostaa aluksen kytt. Se ei poista vastuutasi aluksen turvallisesta kytst. Vlt navigoinnin vaaratilanteet lk jt ruoria ilman valvontaa. 7 Laite on tarkoitettu ainoastaan navigoinnin avuksi. l yrit kytt laitetta mihinkn kytttarkoitukseen, joka edellytt tarkkaa suunnan, etisyyden, paikan tai topografian mittausta. Ole aina valmiina vaihtamaan manuaaliseen ohjaukseen. Ole varovainen, kun vedess on esteit, kuten laitureita, paalutuksia ja muita aluksia. Jos laitteessa on navigointiominaisuus, vertaa laitteen antamia tietoja navigoinnin aikana kaikkiin muihin mahdollisiin navigointikeinoihin, kuten visuaaliset kohteet, paikalliset vesitiesnnt ja kartat. Turvallisuussyist kaikki eroavuudet ja epselvyydet on selvitettv ennen navigoinnin jatkamista. Jos laite kytt karttoja, kyt laitteen shkist karttaa ainoastaan valtionjohdon virallisten karttojen apuna, ei korvikkeena. Viralliset kartat ja ilmoitukset merenkulkijoille sisltvt kaikki turvalliseen navigointiin tarvittavat tiedot. Jos laite antaa syvyystietoja, niit ei saa kytt ensisijaisena pohjakosketuksen tai trmyksen estmistapana. Tydenn syvyystietolukemia asianmukaisten paperikarttojen ja visuaalisten merkkien tiedoilla. Etene aina hitaalla nopeudella, jos epilet edess olevan matalaa vett tai vedenalaisia kohteita. Tmn varoituksen laiminlyminen voi aiheuttaa aluksen vioittumisen tai henkilvahingon. Jos laitteessa on videotulo-ominaisuus, l yrit kytt tai katsoa videokuvaa, kun ohjaat alusta. Videokuvan kyttminen tai katsominen aluksen ollessa liikkeess saattaa aiheuttaa onnettomuuden tai trmyksen, joka puolestaan voi vaurioittaa omaisuutta tai aiheuttaa vakavan loukkaantumisen tai kuoleman. Akkuvaroitukset Laite kytt sisist akkua, jota kyttj ei voi vaihtaa, moniin kytttarkoituksiin, kuten reaaliaikakelloon. Jos nit ohjeita ei noudateta, akun kyttik saattaa lyhenty, tai akku saattaa vahingoittaa laitetta tai aiheuttaa tulipalon, palovammoja, akkunestevuodon ja/tai fyysisi vammoja. l poista tai yrit poistaa akkua, joka ei ole kyttjn vaihdettavissa. Hvit laite/akut paikallisten jtehuoltomrysten mukaisesti. Tuotteiden ympristohjelmat Tietoja yhtin Garmin tuotteiden kierrtysohjelmasta sek WEEE-, RoHS-, REACH-ohjelmista ja muista ohjelmista on osoitteessa www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutus Garmin vakuuttaa tten, ett tm tuote on direktiivin 1999/5/EY olennaisten vaatimusten ja muiden mrysten mukainen. Katso koko vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutus osoitteesta www.garmin.com/compliance. Tietoa karttatiedoista Garmin kytt sek julkishallinnon ett yksityisi tietolhteit. Lhes kaikissa tietolhteiss on joitakin vri tai puutteellisia tietoja. Joistakin maista ei ole saatavissa tydellisi ja tarkkoja karttatietoja, tai ne ovat erittin kalliita. Rajoitettu takuu Mynnmme tmn Garmin tuotteen materiaaleille ja tylle yhden vuoden virheettmyystakuun ostopivst alkaen. Tmn jakson aikana Garmin valintansa mukaan joko korjaa tai vaihtaa osat, jotka vioittuvat normaalissa kytss. Nm korjaukset ja vaihdot ovat asiakkaalle maksuttomia osien ja tyn osalta. Asiakas on vastuussa kuljetuskuluista. Tm takuu ei koske (i) kosmeettisia vaurioita, kuten naarmut, kolhut ja lommot, (ii) kuluvia osia, kuten akut, ellei vaurio ole aiheutunut materiaali- tai valmistusviasta, (iii) vahinkoja, jotka aiheutuvat onnettomuudesta, vrinkytst, virheellisest kytst tai veden, tulvan, tulen tai muun luonnonilmin aiheuttamista vaurioista, (iv) vaurioita, jotka aiheutuvat muun kuin valtuutetun Garmin huoltohenkiln tekemist huoltotoimenpiteist, (v) ilman yhtin Garmin kirjallista lupaa muokattuun tai muutettuun tuotteeseen aiheutuneita vaurioita tai (vi) muilla kuin yhtin Garmin toimittamilla virta- ja/tai datakaapeleilla liitetyn laitteen vaurioita. Lisksi Garmin pidtt oikeuden hylt takuuvaatimukset sellaisten tuotteiden tai palveluiden kohdalla, jotka on hankittu ja/tai joita on kytetty mink tahansa valtion lakien vastaisesti. Navigointituotteemme on tarkoitettu kytettviksi vain matkustamisen apuna eik niit tule kytt mihinkn sellaiseen tarkoitukseen, joka edellytt tarkkaa suunnan, etisyyden, sijainnin tai topografian mittausta. Garmin ei takaa karttatietojen tarkkuutta tai kattavuutta. Korjauksilla on 90 pivn takuu. Jos laitteen alkuperinen takuu on viel voimassa, uusi takuu kest 90 piv tai alkuperisen yhden vuoden takuun loppuun sen mukaan, kumpaan on enemmn aikaa. TSS ESITETYT TAKUUT JA HYVITYKSET OVAT POISSULKEVIA JA NE KORVAAVAT KAIKKI MUUT NIMENOMAISET, OLETETUT JA LAKISTEISET TAKUUT, ESIMERKIKSI TAKUUN, JOKA AIHEUTUU VASTUUSTA TUOTTEEN MYYNTIKELPOISUUDESTA TAI SOPIVUUDESTA TIETTYYN TARKOITUKSEEN. TM TAKUU ANTAA KYTTJLLE TIETTYJ LAIN MUKAISIA OIKEUKSIA, JOTKA VAIHTELEVAT OSAVALTIOITTAIN JA MAITTAIN. Garmin EI OLE MISSN TILANTEESSA VASTUUSSA VLILLISIST, ERITYISIST, EPSUORISTA TAI SEURANNAISISTA VAHINGOISTA, RIIPPUMATTA SIIT, JOHTUVATKO NE TUOTTEEN VRINKYTST, VIRHEELLISEST KYTST, TAITAMATTOMASTA KYTST VAI TUOTTEEN PUUTTEISTA. JOTKIN VALTIOT EIVT SALLI VLILLISTEN TAI SEURANNAISTEN VAHINKOJEN POIS RAJAAMISTA TAI RAJOITTAMISTA, JOTEN YLL OLEVAT RAJOITUKSET EIVT EHK KOSKE KAIKKIA KYTTJI. Garmin pidtt yksinomaisen oikeuden korjata tai vaihtaa laitteen tai ohjelmiston (uuteen tai huollettuun korvaavaan tuotteeseen) tai palauttaa ostohinnan kokonaisuudessaan yksinomaisen harkintansa mukaisesti. TM HYVITYS ON AINOA KYTTJN SAAMA HYVITYS TAKUURIKKOMUKSESTA. Saat takuuhuoltoa ottamalla yhteyden paikalliseen yhtin Garmin valtuutettuun myyjn tai pyytmll lhetysohjeet ja RMA-seurantanumeron yhtin Garmin puhelintuesta. Pakkaa laite ja alkuperisen ostokuitin kopio huolellisesti. Kuitti tarvitaan ostotodistukseksi takuukorjauksia varten. Kirjoita seurantanumero selkesti paketin ulkopintaan. Lhet laite rahtikulut maksettuina mihin tahansa yhtin Garmin takuuhuoltokeskukseen. Verkkohuutokauppaostokset: verkkohuutokaupoista ostetut tuotteet eivt ole ostohyvitysten tai muiden yhtin Garmin takuiden erikoistarjousten piiriss. Verkkohuutokauppojen vahvistukset eivt ky takuukuitista. Takuupalvelun saamisen ehtona on vhittismyyjlt saatu alkuperinen ostokuitti tai sen kopio. Garmin ei korvaa verkkohuutokaupasta hankituista pakkauksista puuttuvia osia. Kansainvliset ostot: Yhdysvaltain ulkopuolella kansainvlisilt jlleenmyyjilt ostettuja jrjestelmi varten voi maan mukaan olla erillinen takuu. Mahdollisen takuun mynt paikallinen maakohtainen jakelija, joka tarjoaa paikallista huoltoa laitteelle. Jakelijan takuut ovat voimassa ainoastaan tarkoitetulla jakelualueella. Yhdysvalloissa tai Kanadassa ostetut laitteet on palautettava yhtin Garmin huoltokeskukseen Isossa-Britanniassa, Yhdysvalloissa, Kanadassa tai Taiwanissa. Veneilytuotteiden takuukytnt: Tietyill yhtin Garmin veneilytuotteilla on tavallista pitempi takuuaika tietyill alueilla, ja tllin kytss on mys liskyttehtoja. Tarkista osoitteesta www.garmin.com/support/warranty.html, onko tuotteesi yhtin Garmin veneilytuotteiden takuukytnnn piiriss. Viktig sikkerhets- og produktinformasjon Unnlatelse av unng potensielt farlige situasjoner kan fre til ulykke eller kollisjon med ddsfall eller alvorlig personskade som flge. ADVARSEL 8 Advarsler om bruk p sjen Du er ansvarlig for at fartyet er sikkert i bruk, og at det styres p en forsvarlig mte. Denne enheten er et verkty som forbedrer betjeningen av fartyet. Enheten unntar deg ikke ansvaret for styre fartyet p en trygg og sikker mte. Unng navigasjonsfarer, og la aldri roret st ubemannet. Bruk denne enheten utelukkende som navigeringshjelp. Ikke bruk enheten til andre forml som krever nyaktig mling av retning, avstand, beliggenhet eller topografi. Vr alltid klar til ta kontroll over fartyet. Vr forsiktig i nrheten av farer i vannet, for eksempel brygger, pleverk og andre farty. Hvis enheten har muligheter for navigasjon, m du sammenligne informasjon som vises p enheten, nye med alle tilgjengelige navigasjonskilder, inkludert informasjon fra egne observasjoner, lokale bestemmelser og begrensninger for vannveier og kart under navigasjonen. Av sikkerhetsgrunner m du alltid finne ut av avvik eller sprsml du har, fr du fortsetter navigere. Hvis enheten bruker kart, skal det elektroniske kartet p enheten bare brukes som et hjelpemiddel. Det skal ikke erstatte bruk av offentlig autoriserte kart. Offentlig autoriserte kart og meldinger inneholder all ndvendig informasjon for trygg navigering. Hvis enheten gir dybdedata, skal du ikke bruke disse dataene som hovedhjelpemiddel for forhindre grunnstting eller kollisjon. Supplementer dybdedataavlesningene med informasjon fra relevante papirkart og visuelle indikatorer. La alltid fartyet holde lav hastighet hvis du tror at vannet kan vre grunt, eller at det kan vre gjenstander under vann. Hvis du ikke tar hensyn til denne advarselen, kan det fre til skade p fartyet eller personskade. Hvis enheten har videoinnganger, m du ikke betjene eller se p video samtidig som du betjener eller navigerer fartyet. Hvis du betjener eller ser p video mens fartyet er i bevegelse, kan det forrsake en ulykke eller kollisjon som frer til skader p eiendeler, alvorlige personskader eller ddsfall. Batteriadvarsler Enheten bruker et internt batteri som ikke skal byttes ut av bruker, til forskjellige forml, for eksempel sanntidsklokken. Hvis disse retningslinjene ikke overholdes, kan levetiden til batteriene bli forkortet, eller det kan oppst fare for skade p enheten, brann, kjemiske brannsr, elektrolyttlekkasje og/eller personskader. Kontakt den lokale avfallsstasjonen for kassere enheten/batteriene i henhold til lokale lover Ikke ta ut eller prv ta ut batteriet. Det skal ikke byttes ut av bruker. og regler. Miljprogrammer for produkter Du finner mer informasjon om produktresirkuleringsprogrammet til Garmin samt WEEE, RoHS, REACH og andre samsvarsprogrammer p www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Samsvarserklring Herved erklrer Garmin at dette produktet samsvarer med hovedkravene og andre relevante bestemmelser i direktivet 1999/5/EF. Du finner hele samsvarserklringen p www.garmin.com

/compliance. Kartdatainformasjon Garmin bruker en kombinasjon av offentlige og private datakilder. S si alle datakilder inneholder noen uriktige eller ufullstendige data. I noen land er fullstendig og nyaktig kartinformasjon enten ikke tilgjengelig eller uforholdsmessig dyr. Begrenset garanti Dette Garmin produktet garanteres vre feilfritt med hensyn til materiell og utfrelse i ett r fra kjpsdatoen. I denne perioden vil Garmin, etter eget valg, reparere eller skifte ut enhver komponent som ikke fungerer ved normal bruk. Slike reparasjoner eller utskiftinger utfres kostnadsfritt for kunden, bde nr det gjelder deler og arbeid, forutsatt at kunden selv dekker eventuelle transportkostnader. Denne garantien gjelder ikke: (i) kosmetiske skader, for eksempel riper, hakk og bulker; (ii) forbruksdeler, for eksempel batterier, med mindre produktet har blitt skadet p grunn av en defekt i materialet eller utfrelsen; (iii) skade som skyldes uhell, misbruk, feil bruk, vann, flom, brann eller andre naturhendelser eller eksterne rsaker; (iv) skade som skyldes service som er utfrt av personer som ikke er autoriserte serviceleverandrer for Garmin; eller (v) skade p et produkt som har blitt endret uten skriftlig tillatelse fra Garmin, eller

(vi) skade p et produkt som er koblet til strm- og/eller datakabler fra andre leverandrer enn Garmin. I tillegg forbeholder Garmin seg retten til nekte garantikrav mot produkter eller tjenester som er innhentet og/eller som brukes i strid med lovene i et hvilket som helst land. Vre navigasjonsprodukter er kun beregnet p bruk som reisehjelp og skal ikke brukes til eventuelle forml som krever nyaktig mling av retning, avstand, posisjon eller topografi. Garmin gir ingen garantier for nyaktigheten eller fullstendigheten til kartdataene. Reparasjoner har en garanti p 90 dager. Hvis enheten som sendes inn, fortsatt er dekket av den opprinnelige garantien, gjelder den nye garantien i 90 dager eller til den opprinnelige garantien p ett r utlper, avhengig av hvilken av dem som varer lengst. GARANTIENE OG RETTSMIDLENE SOM ER NEDFELT HER, ER EKSKLUSIVE OG ERSTATTER ALLE ANDRE GARANTIER, UTTRYKKELIGE, UNDERFORSTTTE ELLER LOVPLAGTE, INKLUDERT ETHVERT ERSTATNINGSANSVAR SOM OPPSTR SOM ET RESULTAT AV GARANTIER OM SALGBARHET, EGNETHET FOR ET BESTEMT FORML, LOVPLAGTE ELLER ANDRE. DENNE GARANTIEN GIR DEG SPESIFIKKE JURIDISKE RETTIGHETER SOM KAN VARIERE FRA DELSTAT TIL DELSTAT. UNDER INGEN OMSTENDIGHETER SKAL Garmin HOLDES ERSTATNINGSANSVARLIG FOR EVENTUELLE TILFELDIGE, SPESIELLE ELLER INDIREKTE SKADER ELLER FLGESKADER SOM SKYLDES BRUK, FEILAKTIG BRUK ELLER MANGLENDE EVNE TIL BRUKE PRODUKTET ELLER PRODUKTFEIL. NOEN DELSTATER TILLATER IKKE ANSVARSFRASKRIVELSE VED TILFELDIGE SKADER OG FLGESKADER, OG DET ER DERFOR MULIG AT BEGRENSNINGENE OVENFOR IKKE GJELDER FOR DEG. Garmin forbeholder seg retten til, etter egen vurdering, reparere eller erstatte (med et nytt eller nylig reparert produkt) enheten eller programvaren, eller tilby full refusjon av kjpesummen. DETTE RETTSMIDDELET VIL VRE DITT ENESTE OG EKSKLUSIVE RETTSMIDDEL VED EVENTUELLE GARANTIBRUDD. Hvis du nsker garantiservice, kan du kontakte din nrmeste Garmin autoriserte forhandler eller ringe Garmin produktsupport for f instruksjoner om frakt og et RMA-sporingsnummer. Pakk enheten godt inn, og legg ved en kopi av kvitteringen, som kreves som kjpsbevis for kunne motta garantiservice. Skriv sporingsnummeret tydelig p utsiden av pakken. Send enheten med betalt porto til et hvilket som helst Garmin verksted som tilbyr garantiservice. Kjp p Internett-auksjoner: Produkter som er kjpt gjennom Internett-auksjoner, kvalifiserer ikke til rabatter eller andre spesialtilbud knyttet til garantidekning fra Garmin. Bekreftelser fra auksjoner p Internett godtas ikke som dokumentasjon i garantisaker. Det kreves en original eller kopi av kvitteringen fra det opprinnelige utsalgsstedet for at en reparasjon skal dekkes av garantien. Garmin vil ikke erstatte manglende komponenter fra en pakke som er kjpt gjennom en Internett-auksjon. Internasjonale kjp: En separat garanti kan gis av internasjonale distributrer for enheter som er kjpt utenfor USA, avhengig av landet. Hvis det er aktuelt, gis denne garantien av den lokale distributren, og denne distributren utfrer lokal service p enheten. Distributrgarantier er bare gyldige i omrdet for tiltenkt distribusjon. Enheter som er kjpt i USA eller Canada, m returneres til Garmin servicesenteret i Storbritannia, USA, Canada eller Taiwan for service. Garantiretningslinjer for maritime produkter: Enkelte maritime Garmin produkter i enkelte omrder har lengre garantiperiode og ytterligere vilkr og betingelser. G til www.garmin.com

/support/warranty.html hvis du vil ha mer informasjon, og for se om produktet ditt er dekket av garantiretningslinjene for maritime produkter fra Garmin. Viktig skerhets- och produktinformation VARNING Om du inte undviker fljande farliga situationer kan det resultera i olyckor eller kollisioner som kan sluta med ddsfall eller allvarlig personskada. Varningar vid marin anvndning Du ansvarar fr att bten framfrs p ett skert och frnuftigt stt. Den hr enheten r ett verktyg som hjlper dig att hantera bten. Den befriar dig inte frn ansvaret fr att framfra din bt skert. Undvik farlig navigering och lmna aldrig rodret utan uppsikt. Anvnd den hr enheten endast som navigationshjlp. Frsk inte att anvnda enheten fr ngot ndaml dr exakt mtning av riktning, avstnd, plats eller topografi krvs. Var alltid beredd p att snabbt terg till att styra bten. Var frsiktig nra faror i vattnet, till exempel hamnar, plverk och andra btar. Om enheten hanterar navigering ska du nr du navigerar noggrant jmfra den information som enheten visar med alla tillgngliga navigeringskllor, inklusive information frn visuella iakttagelser, lokala farvattensbestmmelser och -begrnsningar samt kartor. Fr skerhets skull br du lsa alla avvikelser eller frgor innan du fortstter att navigera. Om enheten anvnder kartor anvnder du det elektroniska sjkortet i enheten endast fr att underltta, inte erstta, anvndningen av godknda sjkort. Godknda sjkort och information till sjmn innehller all information som krvs fr att navigera p ett skert stt. Djupdata frn den hr produkten ska inte anvndas som det primra sttet att undvika grundsttningar och kollisioner. Komplettera djupdataavlsningar med information frn tillmpliga pappersdiagram och synliga indikatorer. Kr alltid bten med lg hastighet om du misstnker grunt vatten eller freml under vattenytan. Om denna varning inte fljs kan det leda till bt- och personskador. Om enheten har videoingngar ska du inte hantera eller titta p video medan du hanterar eller navigerar din bt. Om du hanterar eller tittar p video medan bten krs kan du orsaka en olycka eller krock som kan resultera i egendomsskador, allvarlig personskada eller dd. Batterivarningar Enheten har ett internt batteri som anvndaren inte kan byta sjlv. Det anvnds bl.a. fr realtidsklockan. Om dessa riktlinjer inte fljs kan batteriernas livslngd frkortas eller s kan de orsaka skada p enheten, brand, kemisk brnnskada, elektrolytlckage och/eller personskada. Frsk inte ta bort ett batteri som inte gr att byta ut av anvndaren. Kontakta lokala avfallsmyndigheter fr information om var du kan kasta enheten/batterierna i enlighet med lokala lagar och bestmmelser. Miljprogram fr produkter Information om Garmin produkttervinningsprogram och WEEE, RoHS, REACH och andra kompabilitetsprogram hittar du p www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. verensstmmelsefrklaring Hrmed intygar Garmin att den hr produkten uppfyller de grundlggande kraven och andra tillmpliga freskrifter i direktiv 1999/5/EC. verensstmmelsefrklaringen i sin helhet finns p www.garmin.com/compliance. Information om kartdata Garmin anvnder en kombination av privata datakllor och datakllor frn myndigheter. S gott som alla datakllor innehller en del felaktiga eller ofullstndiga data. I vissa lnder r fullstndig och exakt kartinformation inte tillgnglig eller overkomligt dyr. Begrnsad garanti Den hr produkten frn Garmin garanteras vara fri frn defekter i material och utfrande i ett r frn inkpsdatumet. Under denna tid kommer Garmin att efter eget gottfinnande reparera eller erstta komponenter som inte fungerar vid normal anvndning. Sdana reparationer eller ersttningar grs utan ngon avgift fr kunden vad gller delar eller arbete, frutsatt att kunden str fr alla transportkostnader. Den hr garantin gller inte fr: (i) kosmetiska skador, t.ex. repor, hack och bulor, (ii) frbrukningsdelar, t.ex. batterier, svida inte produktskadan uppsttt p.g.a. defekter i material eller arbete, (iii) skada orsakad av olycka, missbruk, vatten, versvmning, brand eller andra naturhndelser eller yttre orsaker, (iv) skada orsakad av service utfrd av ngon som inte r behrig serviceleverantr t Garmin eller (v) skada p en produkt som har modifierats eller ndrats utan skriftligt tillstnd frn Garmin, eller (vi) skada p en produkt som har anslutits till strm- och/eller datakablar som inte tillhandahlls av Garmin. Garmin frbehller sig dessutom rtten att avsl garantiansprk avseende produkter eller tjnster som anskaffats och/eller anvnts p ngot stt som strider mot ngot lands lagar. Vra navigeringsprodukter r endast avsedda att anvndas som hjlp vid resa och fr inte anvndas till ngot ndaml som krver exakt mtning av riktning, strcka, plats eller topografi. Garmin lmnar inga garantier angende kartuppgifternas riktighet eller fullstndighet. Vi lmnar 90 dagars garanti p reparationer. Om enheten fortfarande tcks av den ursprungliga garantin gller den nya garantin i 90 dagar eller till slutet av den ursprungliga ettrsgarantin, beroende p vad som intrffar frst. GARANTIERNA OCH GOTTGRELSERNA SOM ANGES HR GLLER MED ENSAMRTT OCH I STLLET FR ALLA ANDRA GARANTIER, UTTRYCKLIGA, UNDERFRSTDDA ELLER LAGSTIFTADE, INKLUSIVE ALL ANSVARSSKYLDIGHET SOM HRRR FRN NGON GARANTI OM SLJBARHET ELLER LMPLIGHET FR ETT VISST NDAML, LAGSTIFTAD ELLER ANNAN. DENNA GARANTI GER DIG SPECIFIKA LAGLIGA RTTIGHETER SOM KAN VARIERA FRN STAT TILL STAT. Garmin SKA UNDER INGA OMSTNDIGHETER HLLAS ANSVARIGT FR NGRA TILLFLLIGA, SRSKILDA, INDIREKTA SKADOR ELLER FLJDSKADOR, VARE SIG DE ORSAKAS AV ANVNDNING, MISSBRUK ELLER OFRMGA ATT ANVNDA PRODUKTEN ELLER AV DEFEKTER I PRODUKTEN. VISSA STATER TILLTER INTE BEGRNSNING AV TILLFLLIGA SKADOR ELLER FLJDSKADOR, S OVANSTENDE BEGRNSNINGAR KANSKE INTE GLLER DIG. Garmin har efter eget gottfinnande ensamrtt att reparera eller erstta enheten eller programvaran (med en ny eller nyrenoverad ersttningsprodukt) eller erbjuda full terbetalning av inkpspriset. DENNA KOMPENSATION R DIN ENDA KOMPENSATION FR EN VERTRDELSE AV GARANTIN. Erhll garantiservice genom att kontakta din lokala terfrsljare auktoriserad av Garmin eller genom att ringa till Garmin produktsupport fr anvisningar angende frakt och RMA-nummer. Frpacka enheten noga med en kopia av originalkvittot. Kvittot krvs som inkpsbevis fr garantireparationer. Skriv RMA-numret tydligt p paketets utsida. Skicka enheten med frakten betald till valfritt garantiservicestlle fr Garmin. Inkp via online-auktion: Produkter som kps via online-auktioner r inte kvalificerade fr rabatter eller andra specialerbjudanden frn Garmin garantin. Bekrftelser p onlineauktion godknns inte som garantiverifikation. Om du vill ha garantiservice mste du ha det ursprungliga inkpskvittot, eller en kopia av den, frn ursprungsterfrsljaren. Garmin erstter inte komponenter som saknas frn en frpackning som kpts via en online-auktion. Internationella inkp: En separat garanti kan tillhandahllas av internationella distributrer fr enheter som inkpts utanfr USA beroende p land. Om tillmpligt tillhandahlls denna garanti av den lokala, inhemska distributren och denna distributr tillhandahller service lokalt fr din enhet. Distributrsgarantier r endast giltiga i det avsedda distributionsomrdet. Enheter som inkpts i USA eller Kanada mste returneras till ett servicecenter fr Garmin i Storbritannien, USA, Kanada eller Taiwan fr service. Garantipolicy fr marina produkter: En del av de marina produkterna frn Garmin inom vissa omrden har en lngre garantiperiod och extra villkor. G till www.garmin.com/support/warranty

.html fr att lsa mer och fr att se om din produkt omfattas av garantipolicyn fr marina produkter frn Garmin. Wane informacje dotyczce bezpieczestwa i produktu OSTRZEENIE Niestosowanie si do poniszych zalece moe by rdem zagroe prowadzcych do wypadku lub kolizji, a co za tym idzie mierci lub powanych obrae ciaa. Ostrzeenia dotyczce obsugi urzdzenia na wodzie Uytkownik jest odpowiedzialny za bezpieczne i roztropne sterowanie swoim statkiem. Niniejsze urzdzenie jest narzdziem wspomagajcym sterowanie statkiem. Nie zwalnia ono uytkownika z obowizku bezpiecznego sterowania swoim statkiem. Naley unika zagroe nawigacyjnych i nigdy nie zostawia steru bez nadzoru. Urzdzenie naley traktowa tylko jako pomoc nawigacyjn. Nie naley korzysta z urzdzenia do celw wymagajcych dokadnych pomiarw kierunku, odlegoci, lokalizacji lub celw topograficznych. Naley zawsze by przygotowanym do szybkiego przejcia sterowania statkiem. Naley zachowa ostrono w pobliu niebezpiecznych wd, to jest w pobliu dokw, palisad oraz innych statkw. Jeli urzdzenia ma funkcj nawigowania, to podczas nawigacji naley dokadnie porwnywa informacje widoczne na wywietlaczu ze wszystkimi dostpnymi rdami nawigacji, w tym z oznaczeniami, mapami oraz lokalnymi przepisami i ograniczeniami obowizujcymi na szlaku wodnym. Ze wzgldw bezpieczestwa przed kontynuowaniem jazdy z uyciem systemu nawigacji naley rozstrzygn wszelkie wtpliwoci. Jeli urzdzenie korzysta z map, dostpne w nim mapy elektroniczne naley traktowa jedynie jako uatwienie, nie za zamiennik dla zatwierdzonych map pastwowych. Oficjalne mapy pastwowe i wskazwki dla marynarzy zawieraj wszystkie informacje niezbdne dla bezpiecznej nawigacji. Jeli urzdzenie zapewnia dane o gbokoci, to nie naley uywa go jako gwnego rda zapobiegajcego osadzeniu na mielinie i kolizji. Odczyty gbokoci naley uzupeni informacjami ze stosownych map papierowych oraz wskanikw optycznych. W przypadku podejrzenia poruszania si po pycinie naley zawsze prowadzi statek z ma prdkoci. Nieprzestrzeganie tego ostrzeenia moe doprowadzi do uszkodzenia statku, a nawet obrae ciaa. Jeli urzdzenie obsuguje sygna wideo, nie wolno oglda ani obsugiwa rde wideo podczas obsugi lub sterowania odzi. Ogldanie lub obsuga obrazu w czasie, gdy statek jest w ruchu moe spowodowa wypadek lub kolizj, a w rezultacie take szkody materialne, powane urazy ciaa lub mier. Ostrzeenia dotyczce baterii Urzdzenie wykorzystuje wewntrzn, niewymienialn przez uytkownika bateri, suc np. do wywietlania zegara czasu rzeczywistego. Nieprzestrzeganie poniszych zalece moe doprowadzi do skrcenia czasu sprawnego dziaania baterii, a nawet grozi uszkodzeniem urzdzenia, poarem, oparzeniem substancjami chemicznymi, wyciekiem elektrolitu i/lub zranieniem. Podejmowanie jakichkolwiek prb wymontowania tej baterii jest zabronione. Zuyte urzdzenie/bateri nienadajc si do dalszego uytku naley przekaza do punktu utylizacji i powtrnego przetwarzania odpadw zgodnie z prawem i przepisami obowizujcymi na danym obszarze. Programy ochrony rodowiska dotyczce produktu Informacje na temat programu recyklingu produktu firmy Garmin oraz dyrektyw WEEE, RoHS i REACH, a take innych programw mona znale na stronie www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin

/environment. Deklaracja zgodnoci Firma Garmin niniejszym deklaruje, e ten produkt spenia zasadnicze wymagania dyrektywy 1999/5/WE i inne okrelone w niej warunki. Tre deklaracji zgodnoci mona znale na stronie www.garmin.com/compliance. Dane kartograficzne Firma Garmin wykorzystujemy rne rzdowe i prywatne rda danych. Praktycznie wszystkie rda danych zawieraj pewne niedokadne lub niepene informacje. W niektrych krajach pene i dokadne dane kartograficzne nie s dostpne lub ich cena jest zbyt wysoka. Ograniczona gwarancja Firma Garmin gwarantuje, e jej produkt bdzie pozbawiony jakichkolwiek usterek materiaowych lub funkcjonalnych przez okres roku poczwszy od dnia zakupu. W przecigu tego czasu firma Garmin w ramach wycznoci zobowizuje si do naprawy lub wymiany elementw, ktre ulegy awarii w trakcie normalnego uytkowania. W przypadku tego typu naprawy lub wymiany klient bdzie zwolniony od opat za czci i robocizn, jednake z zastrzeeniem, e ponosi odpowiedzialno za koszty transportu. Niniejsza gwarancja nie obejmuje: (i) powierzchownych uszkodze, takich jak zadrapania, nacicia lub wgniecenia; (ii) czci podlegajcych zuyciu, takich jak baterie, chyba e uszkodzenie produktu nastpio wskutek wady materiaowej lub produkcyjnej; (iii) uszkodze powstaych wskutek wypadku, naduycia, niewaciwego uycia, zalania wod, powodzi, poaru lub innych zjawisk pogodowych bd przyczyn zewntrznych; (iv) uszkodze powstaych na skutek wykonania naprawy przez serwis nieautoryzowany przez firm Garmin; (v) uszkodze produktu, ktry zosta zmodyfikowany lub zmieniony bez uzyskania pisemnej zgody od firmy Garmin; lub (vi) uszkodze produktu podczonego do przewodw zasilajcych i/lub do przesyu danych, ktre nie zostay dostarczone przez firm Garmin. Ponadto firma Garmin zastrzega sobie prawo do odrzucenia zgosze reklamacyjnych dotyczcych produktw lub usug uzyskanych i/lub uywanych wbrew prawu obowizujcym w dowolnym kraju. Nasze produkty nawigacyjne s przeznaczone do wykorzystania wycznie jako pomoc nawigacyjna i nie powinny by wykorzystywane do jakichkolwiek celw wymagajcych dokadnych pomiarw kierunku, odlegoci czy pozycji.Firma Garmin nie udziela adnej gwarancji dotyczcej dokadnoci lub kompletnoci danych map. Produkty po naprawie s objte 90-dniow gwarancj. Jeeli przesane urzdzenie jest nadal objte pierwotn gwarancj, to czas nowej gwarancji wynosi 90 dni lub trwa do koca pierwotnej 1-letniej gwarancji, w zalenoci od tego, ktry z tych terminw jest duszy. ZAWARTE W NINIEJSZYM DOKUMENCIE GWARANCJE I RODKI ZADOUCZYNIENIA S WYCZNE ORAZ ZASTPUJ WSZELKIE INNE GWARANCJE WYRANE, DOROZUMIANE LUB USTAWOWE, W TYM ODPOWIEDZIALNO WYNIKAJC Z GWARANCJI PRZYDATNOCI HANDLOWEJ I PRZYDATNOCI DO KONKRETNEGO CELU, USTAWODAWSTWA LUB INNYCH RDE. NINIEJSZA GWARANCJA ZAPEWNIA UYTKOWNIKOWI OKRELONE PRAWA, KTRE MOG SI RNI W ZALENOCI OD REGIONU. W ADNYM PRZYPADKU FIRMA Garmin NIE PONOSI ADNEJ ODPOWIEDZIALNOCI ZA JAKIEKOLWIEK SZKODY PRZYPADKOWE, SPECJALNE, POREDNIE LUB WYNIKOWE POWSTAE W WYNIKU PRAWIDOWEGO LUB NIEPRAWIDOWEGO UYTKOWANIA, BRAKU MOLIWOCI KORZYSTANIA Z PRODUKTU LUB USTEREK W PRODUKCIE. NIEKTRE PASTWA NIE ZEZWALAJ NA WYKLUCZENIE SZKD PRZYPADKOWYCH LUB WYNIKOWYCH ANI NA OGRANICZENIE WANOCI GWARANCJI DOROZUMIANYCH, TOTE POWYSZE OGRANICZENIA MOG NIE ZNAJDOWA ZASTOSOWANIA W KONKRETNYM PRZYPADKU. Firma Garmin zastrzega sobie prawa wycznoci do naprawy i wymiany urzdzenia (na nowy lub odnowiony produkt) i oprogramowania lub do zaoferowania sumy rwnej penej kwocie 9 zakupu wedug wasnego uznania. W PRZYPADKU NARUSZENIA GWARANCJI STANOWI TO JEDYNY RODEK ZADOUCZYNIENIA DLA UYTKOWNIKA. W celu skorzystania z usug gwarancyjnych naley skontaktowa si z lokalnym, autoryzowanym dealerem firmy Garmin lub skontaktowa si telefonicznie z dziaem pomocy technicznej firmy Garmin w celu uzyskania informacji o wysyce i numeru reklamacji RMA. Naley bezpiecznie zapakowa urzdzenie i doczy do niego kopi dowodu zakupu (np. paragonu), ktry jest niezbdny do uzyskania odpowiednich napraw gwarancyjnych. Na opakowaniu naley wyranie zapisa numer reklamacji. Nastpnie urzdzenie naley wysa z gry opacon przesyk do dowolnego serwisu gwarancyjnego firmy Garmin. Zakupy na aukcjach internetowych: Produkty nabyte za porednictwem aukcji internetowych nie podlegaj rabatom i nie s objte ofertami specjalnymi z zakresu gwarancji firmy Garmin. Potwierdzenia transakcji na aukcjach internetowych nie stanowi podstawy dla udzielenia gwarancji. Aby skorzysta z naprawy gwarancyjnej, naley przedstawi orygina lub kopi paragonu sprzeday wystawionego przez sprzedawc.Firma Garmin nie wymienia brakujcych czci w urzdzeniach nabytych drog aukcji internetowych. Zakupy midzynarodowe: Zalenie od kraju do urzdze zakupionych poza terenem USA mog by doczane osobne gwarancje. W stosownych przypadkach gwarancji tych udzielaj lokalni dystrybutorzy krajowi i to na nich spoczywa obowizek wiadczenia usug serwisowych zwizanych z urzdzeniem. Gwarancje udzielane przez dystrybutorw s wane wycznie na obszarze, w ktrym prowadz swoj dziaalno dystrybucyjn. Urzdzenia zakupione w USA lub Kanadzie naley zwrci do centrum serwisowego firmy Garmin w Wielkiej Brytanii, USA, Kanadzie lub Tajwanie w celu ich serwisowania. Zasady gwarancji dla produktw morskich firmy Garmin: Niektre produkty morskie firmy Garmin s na okrelonych obszarach objte duszym okresem gwarancyjnym oraz dodatkowymi warunkami. Odwied stron www.garmin.com/support/warranty.html, aby uzyska wicej informacji na ten temat oraz sprawdzi, czy posiadany produkt jest objty Zasadami gwarancji dla produktw morskich firmy Garmin. Dleit bezpenostn informace a informace o produktu VAROVN Pokud se nevyhnete nsledujcm nebezpenm situacm, mete se vystavit nebezpe nehody nebo srky, kter me vst ke smrti nebo vnmu zrann. Varovn tkajc se nmonho provozu Za bezpen a rozumn provoz svho plavidla jste odpovdni vy. Toto zazen je nstroj, kter zlep vae monosti ovldn plavidla. Nezbav vs vak odpovdnosti za bezpen provoz plavidla. Vyhnte se naviganm rizikm a nikdy nenechvejte kormidlo bez dozoru. Toto zazen pouvejte pouze jako navigan pomcku. Nepouvejte toto zazen pro ely vyadujc pesn men smru, vzdlenosti, polohy nebo mstopisu. Bute vdy pipraveni urychlen pevzt zen plavidla. Dvejte pozor v blzkosti nebezpench mst ve vod, jako jsou napklad doky, pile a jin plavidla. Pokud m zazen navigan funkce, peliv pi navigaci porovnvejte informace zobrazovan na zazen se vemi ostatnmi zdroji navigace, vetn informac zrakovch vjem, mstnch pravidel a omezen vodnch cest a map. Z bezpenostnch dvod si vyjasnte veker nesrovnalosti dve, ne budete pokraovat v jzd. Obsahuje-li zazen mapy, pouvejte elektronickou mapu v zazen pouze pro usnadnn, nikoli jako nhradu za pouvn ovench sttnch map. Oficiln sttn mapy a poznmky pro nmonky obsahuj vechny potebn informace pro bezpenou navigaci. Nabz-li zazen daje o hloubce, nemly by bt pouvny jako hlavn prostedek zabraujc kotven nebo nrazu. Doplujte daje hodnot o hloubce o informace z pslunch paprovch map a o zrakov vjemy. Pokud mte podezen na mlinu nebo potopen objekty, ovldejte vdy plavidlo za pomal rychlosti. Nevnovn pozornosti tomuto varovn me vst k pokozen plavidla nebo zrann osob. Pokud m zazen funkce vstupu videa, nepokouejte se ovldat nebo sledovat vstup videa pi ovldn nebo navigaci svho plavidla. Ovldn nebo sledovn vstupu videa bhem pohybu plavidla me zpsobit nehodu nebo srku vedouc k pokozen majetku, vnmu zrann nebo smrti. Upozornn k pouvn bateri Zazen pouv intern, uivatelem nevymnitelnou baterii pro rzn ely, nap. jako hodiny relnho asu. Pokud byste se nedili tmito pokyny, mohlo by dojt ke zkrcen ivotnosti baterie nebo k nebezpe pokozen zazen, poru, chemickmu splen, k vyteen elektrolytu nebo k razu. Neodstraujte nebo se nepokouejte odstranit uivatelem nevymnitelnou baterii. Informace o likvidaci zazen/bateri v souladu s platnmi mstnmi zkony a nazenmi zskte u mstnho stediska pro likvidaci odpad. Produktov ekologick programy Informace o programu recyklace produkt Garmin a o programech WEEE, RoHS, REACH a dalch vyhovujcch programech naleznete na adrese www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin

/environment. Prohlen o shod Spolenost Garmin tmto prohlauje, e produkt odpovd zkladnm poadavkm a dalm relevantnm ustanovenm smrnice 1999/5/EC. Pln znn Prohlen o shod naleznete na webovch strnkch www.garmin.com/compliance. Informace o mapovch datech Spolenost Garmin vyuv kombinaci sttnch a soukromch zdroj dat. Tm vechny zdroje dat obsahuj urit nepesn nebo nepln data. Kompletn a pesn mapov data nejsou v nkterch zemch vbec k dispozici nebo jsou nepimen nkladn. Omezen zruka Na produkt spolenosti Garmin je poskytovna zruka, e bude bez vad materilu a zpracovn po dobu jednoho roku od data zakoupen. Spolenost Garmin si vyhrazuje vhradn prvo opravit nebo vymnit jakoukoli soust, kter pi bnm pouvn sele. Nklady za prci a opravy a vmnu dl nebudou tovny zkaznkovi s vhradou, e zkaznk bude zodpovdn za jakkoli pepravn nklady. Tato zruka se nevztahuje na: (i) kosmetick vady jako pokrbn, oden a promknut; (ii) spotebn sousti, jako baterie, pokud nedolo k pokozen v dsledku vady materilu nebo zpracovn; (iii) pokozen zpsoben nehodou, nedbalost, nesprvnm pouvnm, vodou, zplavou, ohnm nebo jinmi prodnmi ivly a vnjmi vlivy; (iv) pokozen zpsoben provozovnm slueb poskytovatelem neautorizovanm spolenost Garmin; (v) pokozen produktu, kter byl upraven nebo zmnn bez psemnho svolen spolenosti Garmin, nebo (vi) pokozen produktu, kter byl pipojen ke zdroji napjen a/

nebo k datovm kabelm, kter nejsou dodvny spolenost Garmin. Spolenost Garmin si navc vyhrazuje prvo odmtnout reklaman nroky na produkty nebo sluby, kter byly zskny nebo jsou pouvny v rozporu se zkony jakkoli zem. Nae navigan produkty slou jako cestovn pomcka a nesm se pouvat k jakmkoli elm vyadujcm pesn men smru, vzdlenosti, pozice nebo mstopisu. Spolenost Garmin neposkytuje zruku na pesnost nebo plnost mapovch dat. Na opravy je poskytovna 90denn zruka. Pokud odeslan jednotka stle podlh pvodn zruce, pot bude nov zruka 90 dn nebo bude pokraovat do konce pvodn jednolet zruky, podle toho, kter doba bude del. ZRUKY A NHRADY UVEDEN V TOMTO DOKUMENTU JSOU VHRADN A NAHRAZUJ VECHNY OSTATN VSLOVN, PEDPOKLDAN NEBO ZKONN ZRUKY, VETN JAKKOLI ODPOVDNOSTI VYPLVAJC Z OBCHODNCH ZRUK NEBO ZRUK 10 VHODNOSTI PRO URIT EL, ZKONNCH NEBO JINCH ZRUK. TATO ZRUKA VM POSKYTUJE SPECIFICK ZKONN PRVA, KTER SE MOHOU V RZNCH STTECH LIIT. SPOLENOST Garmin NEN V DNM PPAD ODPOVDN ZA JAKKOLI NHODN, ZVLTN, NEPM NEBO NSLEDN KODY ZPSOBEN POUVNM, NESPRVNM POUVNM NEBO NEMONOST POUT TENTO VROBEK NEBO KODY ZPSOBEN VADOU VROBKU. V NKTERCH STTECH NEN POVOLENO VYLOUEN ODPOVDNOSTI ZA NHODN NEBO NSLEDN KODY, V TAKOVM PPAD SE VS VE UVEDEN OMEZEN ODPOVDNOSTI NETK. Spolenost Garmin si ponechv vlun prvo podle vlastnho uven opravit nebo nahradit

(novmi nebo renovovanmi nhradami produkt) zazen nebo software nebo nabdnout plnou nhradu nkupn ceny. TENTO NROK BUDE VAM JEDINM A VLUNM NROKEM PI JAKMKOLI PORUEN ZRUKY. Chcete-li uznat zrun opravu, obrate se na mstnho autorizovanho prodejce produkt Garmin nebo zavolejte na oddlen podpory produkt spolenosti Garmin s dost o zasln pokyn a reklamanho sla RMA. Zazen dn zabalte a pilote kopii pvodn tenky, kter je pro zrun opravy nutn jako doklad o zakoupen. Vnj stranu balku viditeln oznate slem RMA. Uhrate nklady za pepravn a odelete zazen do jakhokoli zrunho servisnho stediska spolenosti Garmin. Zakoupen v online aukci: U produkt zakoupench prostednictvm online aukc nevznik podle zruky spolenosti Garmin nrok na slevu nebo jinou speciln nabdku. Potvrzen z online aukce nejsou k oven zruky pijmny. Chcete-li uznat zrun opravu, je nutn originl nebo kopie pvodn tenky od pvodnho prodejce produkt. Spolenost Garmin neposkytne nhradu za chybjc sousti z jakhokoli balen zakoupenho prostednictvm online aukce. Zakoupen v jinm stt: Na zazen zakoupen mimo zem Spojench stt me bt poskytnuta samostatn zruka mezinrodnmi distributory v zvislosti na zemi zakoupen. Pokud je to mon, je tato zruka poskytovna mstnm vnitrosttnm distributorem a tento distributor tak zajiuje mstn servis zazen. Zruky distributora jsou platn pouze na zem pedpokldan distribuce. Zazen zakoupen ve Spojench sttech a Kanad mus bt na servis vrceny servisnmu stedisku spolenosti Garmin ve Spojenm krlovstv, Spojench sttech, Kanad nebo Tchaj-wanu. Politika zruky nmonch produkt: Urit nmon produkty spolenosti Garmin maj v uritch oblastech del zrun lhtu a dodaten podmnky. Pejdte na webovou strnku www.garmin.com/support/warranty.html, kde jsou uvedeny dal podrobnosti a kde zjistte, zda se na v produkt vztahuje politika zruky nmonch produkt spolenosti Garmin.

!

,

, ,

. ,

, , .

, ,

.

,

, ,

, ,

.

,

.

, ,

, ,

, .

,

, , .

, ,

.

, .

,

.

,

.

, , ,

,

.

, ,

, / .

,

. Garmin WEEE, RoHS, REACH . - www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin

/environment. Garmin , 1999/5/EC. - www.garmin.com/compliance. Garmin , ,

. Garmin

. Garmin

, .

, .

: (i) , , ;

(ii) , , ,

; (iii) ,

, , ,

, ,

; (iv) , ,

, Garmin; (v) , Garmin; (vi) , /

( Garmin). , Garmin

, /

.

, , . Garmin

. 90- .

, 90 1- , ,

.

, ,

,

.

,

. Garmin

, ,

, ,

,

. Garmin

( )

. Garmin Garmin RMA. ,

. Garmin. ,

, Garmin.

,

. Garmin

, . , ,

. ,

,

. , , Garmin , ,

. Garmin

.

, Garmin ,

- www.garmin.com/support/warranty.html. Vane informacije o sigurnosti i proizvodu UPOZORENJE Ako ne izbjegnete sljedee potencijalno opasne situacije, moe doi do nesree ili sudara koji e rezultirati smru ili ozbiljnom ozljedom. Upozorenja za koritenje u pomorske svrhe Vi ste odgovorni za sigurno i oprezno upravljanje plovilom. Ovaj je ureaj alat koji poboljava mogunost upravljanja plovilom. Ali on vas ne oslobaa odgovornosti za sigurno upravljanje plovilom. Izbjegavajte navigacijske opasnosti i nikad ne ostavljajte kormilo bez nadzora. Ureaj koristite iskljuivo kao pomo u navigaciji. Ureaj ne koristite za postupke u kojima je potrebno precizno mjerenje smjera, udaljenosti, lokacije ili topografije. Uvijek budite spremni brzo preuzeti kontrolu nad plovilom. Budite oprezni u blizini opasnosti u vodi poput dokova, stupova i drugih plovila. Ako ureaj ima mogunost navigacije, tijekom navigacije paljivo usporeujte informacije prikazane na ureaju sa svim dostupnim navigacijskim izvorima, ukljuujui vizualne informacije, lokalne pravilnike o vodenim putovima i karte. Iz sigurnosnih razloga uvijek rijeite sva neslaganja ili pitanja prije no to nastavite s navigacijom. Ako ureaj koristi karte, elektroniku kartu ureaja koristite samo kako biste si olakali upotrebu ovlatenih vladinih karata, a ne kao njihovu zamjenu. Slubene vladine karte i obavijesti mornarima sadre sve informacije potrebne za sigurnu navigaciju. Ako ureaj daje podatke o dubini, oni se ne smiju koristiti kao primarni nain sprjeavanja nasukavanja ili sudara. Oitanjima podataka o dubini dodajte podatke s primjenjivih karata i vizualnih pokazatelja. Plovilom uvijek upravljajte pri niskim brzinama ako sumnjate na plitku vodu ili objekte pod vodom. U sluaju nepotivanja ovog upozorenja, moglo bi doi do oteenja ili tjelesnih ozljeda. Ako ureaj ima mogunost primanja ulaznih video podataka, nemojte rukovati njima ili ih gledati dok upravljate ili navigirate plovilom. Rukovanje video podacima ili gledanje video podataka dok je plovilo u pokretu moe dovesti do nesretnog sluaja ili sudara ije posljedice mogu biti teta, ozbiljne ozljede ili smrt. Upozorenja za bateriju Ureaj u razne svrhe, npr. za sat, koristi internu bateriju koju korisnik ne moe sam zamijeniti. Ako ne pratite ove smjernice, mogli biste skratiti vijek trajanja baterije ili riskirati oteenje ureaja, poar, kemijske opekline, curenje elektrolita i/ili ozljede. Ne vadite i ne pokuavajte izvaditi bateriju koja nije zamjenjiva. Obratite se lokalnoj jedinici za odlaganje otpada radi odlaganja ureaja/baterija u skladu s vaeim lokalnim zakonima i propisima. Programi za ouvanje okolia Informacije o programu recikliranja tvrtke Garmin te programima WEEE, RoHS, REACH i drugim programima potraite na adresi www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Izjava o usklaenosti Tvrtka Garmin ovime izjavljuje da ovaj proizvod udovoljava osnovnim zahtjevima i drugim relevantnim odredbama Direktive 1999/5/EC. Ako elite proitati cijelu Izjavu o usklaenosti, posjetite www.garmin.com/compliance. Informacije o podacima karte Tvrtka Garmin koristi kombinaciju dravnih i privatnih izvora podataka. Gotovo svi izvori podataka sadre neke netone ili nepotpune podatke. U nekim dravama potpune i precizne informacije na kartama nisu dostupne ili su vrlo skupe. Ogranieno jamstvo Za ovaj proizvod tvrtke Garmin jami se da nee imati pogreaka u materijalu ili izradi do godinu dana od datuma kupnje. Unutar tog razdoblja Garmin e, po vlastitoj odluci, popraviti ili zamijeniti komponente koje nisu ispravno radile prilikom uobiajene upotrebe. Takvi popravci ili zamjene bit e besplatni za korisnika za dijelove ili rad, pod uvjetom da korisnik podmiri trokove transporta. Ovo jamstvo ne vrijedi za: (i) kozmetika oteenja kao to su ogrebotine, zarezi i udubljenja; (ii) potrone dijelove poput baterija, osim ako teta nije uzrokovana manjkavim materijalima ili izradom; (iii) tetu uzrokovanu nesretnim sluajem, zlouporabom, nepravilnim koritenjem, vodom, poplavom, poarom ili drugim prirodnim nepogodama ili vanjskim uzrocima;

(iv) tetu uzrokovanu servisiranjem od strane osobe koja nije ovlateni serviser tvrtke Garmin;

(v) tetu na proizvodima koji su modificirani ili preinaeni bez pisanog doputenja tvrtke Garmin;

ili (vi) tetu na proizvodima koji su prikljueni na kabele napajanja i/ili podatkovne kabele koje nije isporuila tvrtka Garmin. Isto tako, Garmin zadrava pravo odbijanja jamstvenih zahtjeva za proizvode ili usluge dobivene i/ili koritene u suprotnosti sa zakonima bilo koje drave. Nai navigacijski proizvodi namijenjeni su iskljuivo za upotrebu kao pomagala u putovanjima i ne smiju se koristiti u svrhu gdje su potrebna precizna mjerenja smjera, udaljenosti, lokacije ili topografije. Garmin ne jami preciznost i potpunost kartografskih podataka. Jamstvo na popravke iznosi 90 dana. Ako je poslana jedinica jo uvijek pokrivena izvornim jamstvom, onda novo jamstvo traje 90 dana ili do kraja izvornog jednogodinjeg jamstva, ovisno to je due. OVDJE NAVEDENA JAMSTVA I PRAVNI LIJEKOVI SU ISKLJUIVI I SLUE UMJESTO SVIH DRUGIH JAMSTAVA IZRIITIH, IMPLICIRANIH ILI ZAKONSKIH, UKLJUUJUI SVAKU ZAKONSKU ILI DRUGU ODGOVORNOST KOJA PROIZLAZI IZ BILO KAKVOG JAMSTVA U SMISLU PODOBNOSTI ZA PRODAJU ILI ZA BILO KOJU POSEBNU SVRHU. OVO JAMSTVO DAJE VAM ODREENA ZAKONSKA PRAVA KOJA SE MOGU RAZLIKOVATI OVISNO O DRAVI. Garmin NI U KOJEM SLUAJU NEE SNOSITI ODGOVORNOST ZA BILO KAKVA SLUAJNA, POSEBNA, NEIZRAVNA ILI POSLJEDINA OTEENJA, BEZ OBZIRA JESU LI REZULTAT UPOTREBE, POGRENE UPOTREBE ILI NEMOGUNOSTI UPOTREBE OVOG PROIZVODA ILI MANJKAVOSTI PROIZVODA. NEKE DRAVE NE DOPUTAJU ISKLJUIVANJE SLUAJNE ILI POSLJEDINE TETE TE SE GORNJA OGRANIENJA MODA NEE PRIMJENJIVATI NA VAS. Garmin zadrava iskljuivo pravo popravka ili zamjene (novim ili obnovljenim zamjenskim proizvodom) ureaja ili softvera ili povrata punog iznosa kupnje po svom nahoenju. TAKAV PRAVNI LIJEK BIT E VA JEDINI I ISKLJUIVI PRAVNI LIJEK U SLUAJU NEPOTOVANJA JAMSTVA. Za dobivanje jamstvene usluge obratite se lokalnom ovlatenom dobavljau tvrtke Garmin ili nazovite slubu za korisniku podrku tvrtke Garmin kako biste dobili upute o otpremi i RMA broj za praenje. Pravilno zapakirajte ureaj i priloite kopiju originalnog rauna koji je potreban kao dokaz kupnje radi popravaka obuhvaenih jamstvom. Na vanjskoj strani pakiranja napiite broj za praenje. Poaljite ureaj s unaprijed plaenom uslugom transporta bilo kojem servisu koji nudi jamstvene usluge tvrtke Garmin. Kupnja putem online aukcija: Proizvodi kupljeni na online aukcijama ne podlijeu popustima ili drugim posebnim ponudama unutar jamstva tvrtke Garmin. Potvrde online aukcija ne prihvaaju se kao potvrda jamstva. Za dobivanje jamstvene usluge potreban je izvornik ili kopija rauna od ovlatenog dobavljaa. Garmin nee zamijeniti komponente koje nedostaju iz paketa kupljenih putem online aukcije. Meunarodna kupovina: Meunarodni distributeri mogu dati zasebno jamstvo za ureaje koji su kupljeni izvan Sjedinjenih Amerikih Drava, ovisno o dravi. Ako je to primjenjivo, ovo jamstvo daje lokalni distributer koji osigurava i lokalno servisiranje vaeg ureaja. Jamstva distributera valjana su samo u podruju namijenjene distribucije. Ureaji kupljeni u SAD-u ili Kanadi za servisiranje se moraju slati servisnom centru tvrtke Garmin u Ujedinjenom Kraljevstvu, SAD-u, Kanadi ili Tajvanu. Jamstvo za pomorske ureaje: Odreeni pomorski ureaji tvrtke Garmin u odreenim podrujima imaju dua jamstvena razdoblja i dodatne uvjete i odredbe. Na stranici www.garmin.com/support/warranty.html moete pronai dodatne pojedinosti i provjeriti odnosi li se jamstvo za pomorske ureaje tvrtke Garmin i na va proizvod.

, .

, , .

, ,

.

, ,

,

,

. ,

.

, 11

.

,

. ,

.

,

.

,

, .

, .

,

, , ,

/ .

/

. Garmin WEEE, RoHS, REACH, www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment.

, Garmin 1999/5/.

, www.garmin.com/compliance. H Garmin .

,

. Garmin

.

, Garmin

, .

,

.

: (i) , , , (ii)

, ,

, (iii) , ,

, , , , (iv)

, Garmin (v) Garmin (vi)

/ Garmin. , Garmin

/ .

,

, , . Garmin

. 90 .

, 90 1 , .

,

,

.

, . Garmin ,

, ,

,

. ,

. Garmin (

)

.

, Garmin Garmin

, RMA.

,

. Garmin.

:

Garmin. Garmin ,

.

: ...,

, .

, . ... Garmin ,

, .

: Garmin

. www.garmin.com/support/warranty.html 12 Garmin . nemli Gvenlik ve rn Bilgileri UYARI Aadaki potansiyel tehlike tayan durumlardan saknlamamas, lm veya ciddi yaralanmaya neden olabilen kaza veya arpmayla sonulanabilir. Denizcilik Kullanm nerileri Teknenizi gvenli ve dikkatli ekilde kullanmaktan sorumlusunuz. Bu cihaz, teknenizi kullanma becerinizi artracak bir aratr. Teknenizi gvenli ekilde kullanma sorumluluunuzu ortadan kaldrmaz. Deniz kazalarndan kann ve dmenin bandan hibir zaman ayrlmayn. Bu cihaz sadece navigasyon destei olarak kullann. Cihaz ynn, uzakln, konumun veya topografyann kesin olarak llmesini gerektiren herhangi bir amala kullanmayn. Daima teknenizin kontroln almaya hazr olun. Liman, grup kazklar ve dier tekneler gibi denize yakn alanlarda bulunan tehlikelere kar dikkatli olun. Cihaz navigasyon zelliine sahipse navigasyon srasnda cihazda grntlenen bilgileri dikkatli bir biimde grsel veriler, yerel su yolu kurallar ve kstlamalar ve haritalar gibi tm dier mevcut navigasyon kaynaklaryla karlatrn. Gvenlik iin, navigasyona devam etmeden nce tutarszlklar veya aklnza taklan sorular zmleyin. Cihaz harita kullanarak alyorsa cihazn elektronik haritasn, yetkili devlet haritalarnn yerine deil, sadece bunlara destek olmas iin kullann. Resmi devlet haritalar ve deniz uyarlar gvenli navigasyon iin gereken tm bilgileri ierir. Cihaz derinlik verileri salyorsa, karaya oturmay veya arpmay nlemek iin birincil ara olarak kullanlmamaldr. Derinlik verisi lmlerini ilgili basl haritalardan ve grsel gstergelerden elde edilen bilgilerle tamamlayn. S sudan veya batk cisimlerden kukulanyorsanz, tekneyi daima dk hzda kullann. Bu uyarya dikkat edilmemesi teknede hasara veya kiisel yaralanmalara neden olabilir. Cihazn video girii zellikleri bulunuyorsa, teknenizi altrrken veya navigasyonu kullanrken video giriini ynetmeye veya izlemeye almayn. Tekne hareket ederken video giriini izlemek mal zararna, ciddi yaralanmalara veya lme sebebiyet verecek bir kaza gereklemesine sebep olabilir. Pil Uyarlar Cihazda gerek zamanl saat gibi eitli amalar iin dahili ve kullanc tarafndan deitirilemeyen bir pil kullanlr. Bu ynergelere uyulmad takdirde, pillerin kullanm mr azalabilir veya GPS cihazna hasar verme, yangn, kimyasal yank, elektrolit sznts ve/veya yaralanma tehlikesi yaratabilir. Kullanc tarafndan deitirilemeyen pili karmayn veya karmay denemeyin. Cihaz/pilleri geerli yasalara ve dzenlemelere uygun olarak elden karmak iin yerel atk idaresine bavurun. rn evre Programlar Garmin geri dnm programlar ile WEEE, RoHS, REACH ve dier uyumluluk programlar hakknda bilgiler u adreste bulunabilir: www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment. Uygunluk Beyan Garmin bu belgeyle, bu rnn 1999/5/EC numaral Direktifin temel artlarna ve dier ilgili hkmlerine uygun olduunu beyan eder. Uygunluk Beyan'nn tamamn grntlemek iin u adrese gidin: www.garmin.com/compliance. Harita Veri Bilgileri Garmin resmi ve zel veri kaynaklarnn bir bileimini kullanr. Neredeyse tm veri kaynaklar baz hatal ve eksik veriler ierir. Baz lkelerde eksiksiz ve doru harita bilgileri bulunmamaktadr veya elde edilmelerini imkansz klacak lde pahaldr. Snrl Garanti Bu Garmin rn, satn alnd tarihten balayarak bir yl sreyle malzeme ve iilik hatalarna kar garantilidir. Bu sre iinde Garmin takdiri tamamen kendisine ait olmak kaydyla, normal kullanmda bozulan her trl paray onaracak ya da deitirecektir. Bu onarm ve deitirme ilemleri srasnda, nakliye masraflarnn mteri tarafndan karlanmas kouluyla, mteriden para ve iilik creti alnmayacaktr. Bu garanti u durumlarda geerli deildir: (i) izik, syrk ya da kme gibi yzeysel hasarlar; (ii) rnde hasarn malzeme veya iilik hatasndan kaynakland durumlar hari pil gibi sarf malzemeleri; (iii) kaza, hatal kullanm, sel, yangn veya dier doal ya da harici nedenlerden kaynaklanan hasarlar; (iv) Garmin tarafndan yetkilendirilmemi kiiler tarafndan yaplan servis ilemlerine bal olarak gerekleen hasarlar;

(v) yazl Garmin izni olmadan deitirilmi rnden kaynaklanan hasarlar veya (vi) Garmin tarafndan salanmam g ve/veya veri kablolarna balanm rnlerde gerekleen hasarlar. Ayrca, Garmin lkelerin yasalar ihlal edilerek elde edilen ve/veya kullanlan rnler veya hizmetlerle ilgili olarak garanti taleplerini reddetme hakkn sakl tutar. Navigasyon rnlerimizin yalnzca yolculuklarda yardmc olarak kullanlmas amalanmtr ve hassas yn, mesafe, konum ve topografi lm gerektiren durumlarda kullanlmamaldr. Garmin harita verilerinin doru veya eksiksiz olduuna dair hibir garanti salamamaktadr. Onarmlarn garanti sresi 90 gndr. Gnderilen birim hala orijinal garanti kapsamndaysa bu durumda yeni garanti 90 gn veya orijinal 1 yllk garanti sresinin sonuna kadardr (hangisi daha uzunsa). BURADA BELRTLEN GARANT VE TEMNATLAR MNHASIRDIR VE HER TRL TCAR ELVERLLK VEYA BELRL BR AMACA UYGUNLUK, YASAL VEYA BAKA TRL GARANTLER DAHL OLMAK ZERE SARH, ZIMN YA DA YASAL DER TM GARANTLERN YERNE GEER. BU GARANT SZE EYALETTEN EYALETE DEEBLEN BELRL YASAL HAKLAR TANIR. HBR DURUMDA Garmin RNN KULLANIMINDAN, YANLI KULLANILMASINDAN VEYA KULLANILAMAMASINDAN YA DA RNDEK KUSURLARDAN KAYNAKLANAN HBR ARIZ ZEL, DOLAYLI VEYA SONU OLARAK ORTAYA IKAN ZARARDAN SORUMLU OLMAYACAKTIR. BAZI EYALETLER ARIZ VEYA SONU OLARAK ORTAYA IKAN ZARARIN KAPSAM DII BIRAKILMASINA ZN VERMEMEKTEDR; BU DURUMDA YUKARIDAK KISITLAMALAR SZN N GEERL OLMAYABLR. Garmin cihaz veya yazlm onarma veya deitirme (yeni veya elden geirilmi bir rnle) veya al bedelinin tam olarak iade edilmesini teklif etme yetkisine, karar tamamen kendisine ait olmak zere sahiptir. BU TAZMNLER GARANT HLAL N TEK VE MNHASIR TAZMN OLACAKTIR. Garanti hizmetini almak iin, nakliye talimatlarn ve RMA takip numarasn almak zere blgenizdeki Garmin yetkili bayisine bavurun veya Garmin rn Destei'ni arayn. Cihaz ve garanti onarmlar iin gereken satn alma kant olan orijinal sat belgesinin bir kopyasn gvenli bir ekilde paketleyin. Takip numarasn paketin d yzne okunakl olarak yazn. Cihaz, kargo masraflar denmi olarak herhangi bir Garmin garanti servis noktasna gnderin. evrimii Mzayede Almlar: evrimii mzayedelerde satn alnan rnler Garmin garantisi kapsamnda indirim veya dier zel teklifler iin uygun deildir. evrimii mzayede onaylar garanti onay olarak kabul edilmemektedir. Garanti hizmetini almak iin, sat belgesinin orijinal satcdan alnm orijinali ya da kopyas gereklidir. Garmin evrimii mzayededen satn alnm hibir paketin eksik paralarn karlamaz. Uluslararas Almlar: Amerika Birleik Devletleri dnda satn alnan cihazlar iin, lkesine bal olarak uluslararas datmclar tarafndan ayr bir garanti salanabilir. Byle bir garanti varsa, bu garanti lke iindeki yerel datmc tarafndan salanr ve bu datmc cihaznzn yerel servis hizmetlerini verir. Datmc garantileri yalnzca datmn sz konusu olduu blge iin geerlidir. Amerika Birleik Devletleri veya Kanada'da satn alnan cihazlarn servis iin ngiltere, Amerika Birleik Devletleri, Kanada veya Tayvan'daki Garmin servis merkezine gnderilmesi gerekir. Denizcilik rnleri Garanti Politikas: Belirli alanlardaki belirli Garmin Denizcilik rnlerinin daha uzun bir garanti sresi ile ilave hkm ve koullar vardr. Daha fazla bilgi iin www.garmin.com/support/warranty.html adresini ziyaret ederek rnnzn Garmin Denizcilik rnleri Garantisi kapsamnda olup olmadn grebilirsiniz.

/

/

Garmin WEEERoHSREACH www.garmin.com/aboutGarmin/environment Garmin 1999/5/EC www.garmin.com/compliance Garmin Garmin Garmin

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv) Garmin

(v) Garmin

(iv) Garmin /

Garmin //

Garmin 90 90 1 Garmin Garmin Garmin Garmin RMA Garmin Garmin Garmin

/ /

Garmin Garmin www.garmin.com/support/warranty.html Garmin (Marine Warranty Policy) 13 Part Information GPN: 190-00720-32 Description:

ISPI, Marine All, FCC 6.5x10 (ML) Part Type: Manuals / Printed Literature Lifecycle Phase: Production Rev: D ECO#120387 Item Attribution Document Review Required:

Item Notes:

Preferred Rating:

ESD Sensitive:

Moisture Sensitive:

Limited Shelf Life:

Magnetic Sensitive:

Item: 190-00720-32 Rev:D ECO#120387 Creation Date: 26-Dec-2014 02:28 PM CST ItemAttribution1of1